Skip to main content

Full text of "Thompson's Island beacon"

See other formats



Vol. 8.- No. 1. 

Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 

lay, 1904. 

Entered November 23, 1903, at Boston, Mass., as Second-class matter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 

B Cecturc B^m Soil 

Prof. Hills of the Vermont Agricultural 
Experiment Station recently gave us a stereop- 
ticon lecture about the soil. He at first explained 
that soil is made from rock by internal and by 
external means. Interna! means is by something 
inside the earth. He told us about volcanoes, 
geysers and hot-springs. Volcanoes throw up 
rocks and lava, or melted rock. These rocks 
get broken up and make soil. Lava makes soil 
when it decays. There were several pictures 
of volcanoes in eruption. Geysers and hot- 
springs dissolve rock. In some of the pictures 
the water was red or yellow. -This was the 
color of the rock dissolved in it. 

External means is by something outside 
the earth. The principal ones are glaciers, run- 
ning water, coral, parasites on the roots of some 
plants and earthworms. Glaciers as they move 
along scrape up rocks and grind and crush them 
into soil. He showed us colored pictures of 
glaciers. The north-eastern part of the United 
States was swept by a great glacier ages ago. 
He showed us a map of the region covered. 
Among other things, he told us that Thompson's 
Island was probably made by this ice-sheet. 
It also dropped the large boulders that are 
around and have to be blasted out sometimes. 

Running water is one of the most import- 
ant things that makes soil. It wears off rock 
and this makes soil. In every stream of water, 
the stones are smooth frtim the water running 
over them. The Colorado Canon shows us 
one of the best illustrations of the force of 
running water. He showed us a number of 
pictures of this. In some places the cliffs are 

nearly 6,000 feet high. This deep gorge was 
worn by a little stream of water running over 
the rock for ages. There was a picture of the 
"Natural Bridge" in Virginia. Running water 
has washed and worn the ground and rock 
away and left an arch of rock above, thus 
forming a natural bridge. There were also 
some pictures of caves. They were formed by 
water trick-ling down and forming underground 
streams which washed and dissolved the rock. 

Another way water helps make soil is by 
getting into crevices of rock and freezing. 
When it freezes, it expands and cracks and 
breaks off pieces of rock. There were several 
pictures of cliffs with a heap of fragments 
of rock underneath that had been broken off by 

Another thing that helps make soil is 
parasites gathering nitrogen from the air. Some 
plants like clover, peas and beans, have little 
nodules on their roots. These are filled with 
nitrogen which a parasite that lives in it gathers 
from the air. When the plant decays this goes 
to make soil. He showed us a picture of the 
roots of a plant of this kind enlarged. We 
could see a number of nodules on it. If a plant 
of this kind is pulled up, the nodules can easily 
be seen on it. 

Coral is a small kind of animal that lives 
in the bottom of the sea. They pile up and 
after awhile reach the surface. The washing 
of the waves crumbles up masses of coral, 
which is as hard as a rock, and makes soil. 
Seeds are blown or carried by birds and get 
started and thus these islands have vegetation 
on them. Coral islands are often round, 


enclosing a body of water in the middle which 
is connected with the sea by a narrow strip of 
water. He showed us some pictures of coral 
at work and also pieces of coral. Some cora' 
looks very pretty. 

Earthworms help make soil by carrying 
the earth from under the stones and letting the 
stones sink into the ground. He told us that 
they sometimes carry so much soil away that it 
makes hollow places called sink-holes. There 
were some pictures showing a boulder first on 
top of the ground and how it gradually sank 
until it was out of sight, also some pictures of 
sink-holes to show what the earthworm could 

In conclusion, Professor Hills showed us a 
picture of Senator Morrill of Vermont, who, he 
said, was the father of scientific agriculture in 
this country, having been the author of the 
bill to establish agricultural colleges and exper- 
iment stations in the several states and 
territories and providing for the maintenance of 
the same. We have been studying about 
the soil in agriculture some every year and 
this made it easier for us to learn from the 
lecture and enjoy it, which we did. 

Clarence DeMar. 

Killing Pigs 

One afternoon when I went down to the 
the farm, I was told to go down to the storage 
barn and boil a kettleful of water. I went 
down and took some dry chips of wood and 
startedafire. The water was frozen on top and it 
took quite awhile to thaw out. While we were 
waiting for it to boil, another fellow snd I were 
helping an instructor sharpen the knives to kill 
the pigs and scrape them. When we had the 
knives all sharpened, the water was almost 
boiling and we waited for it to boil. Two of us 
went into the pig-pen and took the fattest pig. 
We had a good job at it and when it was 
caught, Mr. Vaughan took a sharp knife and 
stuck it in the neck and the pig went to the 
back of the pen and died. We dragged it out 
and two of us brought out the water and put it 
in a scalding-tub. Then we took a pulley, put 
it in the cord of the pig's hind foot and pulled 

the pig up to the top of the barrel and dropped 
it in ; that scalded it and loosened the bristles. 
Mr. Vaughan and Mr. Ferguson scraped the 
bristles all off and shaved it clean. After all 
on the outside of the pig was cleaned, we pulled 
it up to the barn floor and cleanedall the insides 
out and the other fellow and I went and got 
more water for the next pig. 1 kept the fire 
going and the water boiled quickly. 

Ralph P. Ingalls. 

Playing Ball 

A few weeks ago the fellows began to 
play ball. A few fellows playing catch will 
start the game. Sides is played the most 
because there is more fun in it than inthe other 
methods. When there are not enough fellows 
to play sides we play scrub, catch or knock-up, 
all of which are quite enjoyable when nothing 
else is going on. We play an hour at noon and 
one hour at night during the week days and on 
Saturday we have from one to five o'clock to 
play. There are more fellows out on the field 
Saturday and so we select two captains and 
they choose up sides and then choose for ins 
or outs and the game goes on. The sides are 
generally well matched and we have a good 

George A. C. McKenzie. 

Pan of Our Spring lUork 

One Saturday morning Mr. Morrison told 
three other boys and me to get bags and clean 
the leaves out of the hydrant house. We went 
down to the storage barn to get four bags, and 
then went to work. We put the leaves which 
were packed around the hydrant into the bags, 
and took them down to the pig pen. When the 
leaves were all taken out, a lot of other boys 
came and we all took the hous6 down. The 
grass is coming up green all around the hydrant 

John J. Emory. 

Men soon the faults of others learn, 
A few their virtues, too, find out; 

But is there one — 1 have a doubt — 
Who can his own defects discern? 



Tixittd Up the Cattms 

During the winter while the snow is on the 
ground, the boys do not go over to the cottages 
very much as it is too cold and damp. When 
the snow is gone and it begins to get waim, tl^e 
fellows go over to the cottages and start to fix 
them up. As the snow-storms spoil the paint, 
the boys get paint and paint their cottages. 
They dig up their lawns and sow grass seed or put 
sods there, whichever seems the most convenient 
to be given to the fellows. As the cottages get 
very dusty during the winter, they clean the inside 
thoroughly. The fellows take quite an interest 
in Cottage Row, as a prize of fifty dollars dur- 
ing the year is given to the boys who take the 
most interest in the cottages as an officer or a 
citizen. As the boys know that Visiting Day 
is near, they always like to have the cottages 
in order, so that their friends can come in and 
talk with them. If any woodwork has been 
marred, they send in requisitions for new 
lumber with which they fix the marred place. 
This year the lawns have to be in line with 
each other, so aline was stretched the length 
of the row to tell how far out to bring each 
lawn. Now the boys are all very busy working 
on their cottages, and 1 think they will be fixed 
up better this year than they have been for 
quite a while. Louis P. Marchi. 

€uttiiid Potdtoes 

The main crop of potatoes is propagated 
by buds. On a potato there are a number of 
eyes and each of these eyes is really a bud. A 
small potato has about as many eyes as a large 
one. One end of the potato is the seed end 
because the most eyes are there and the other 
end is the stem end where it grows on the 
plant. When cutting potatoes for planting we 
have to have one eye at least on each piece. 
So we begin at the seed end and split the 
potato in two and then begin at the stein end to 
cut the eyes out, because that is the end where 
the least eyes are. If w£ began at the seed 
end, in some we would have too many and in 
others no eyes. The average sized potato 
weighs about eight ounces and by cutting 
it right we car get eight pieces, one ounce 

each. It is not a good plan to have any more 
than three eyes on a piece, because each eye 
sends up from one to three and sometimes 
five stocks. So when these stocks are crowded 
we get small potatoes. We have been cutting 
potatoes and have done thirty-five bushels. 

James A. Edson. 

Preparing the I^otbcds 

One day near the last of March, some other 
fellows and I were told to get a couple of manure 
forks, rakes and shovels and go over to the hot- 
beds. An instructor went with us and told us we 
were going to fix up the beds, so seed could be 
sown in them. We started first by putting 
in fifteen inches of horse manure and wetting it 
down so it would heat. We then put four inches 
of good soil with a little manure mixed with 
it, and raked out the sticks and stones. Then 
one inch of rich loam was spread all over and 
made level and the sticks and stones were raked 
off again. We put a thermometer inside and 
covered up the bed with glass windows. After 
the thermometer has risen up and then sunk 
back to eighty degrees, it is time to sow seeds 
in them. The hotbeds are about twenty-five 
feet long and about five and one-half feet wide. 
Tnere have been radish, lettuce and tomato 
seed sown in them. The tomatoes are almost 
ready to be transplanted and the lettuce and 
radishes will soon be ready for the table. 

William C. J. Frueh. 

mice lUork 

A few years ago Mr. Vaughan set out 
some trees south of the orchard. During the past 
winter the snow was deep and packed up around 
them and the mice couldn't get anything to eat, 
so they began to eat the bark of these little 
trees. Some of them were peeled all around 
and some were just peeled on one side. The 
ones that were eaten the most will not live, but 
the others can be waxed and painted and probably 
will live. Besides these, some of the shrubs on 
the front lawn were eaten and some trees over to 
the north end of the Island. The snow being 
so deep, Mr. Vaughan did not notice them and 
the mice had a good chance to work. 

Charles H. O'Conner. 


Cbomp$on'$ Tsland Beacon 

Published Monthy by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 1. 

May. 1904. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year 



Richard M. Saltonstall. 


Alfred Bowditch. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin 0. Adams, 

L Tucker Burr, Jr., 
Charles P. Curtis, Jr., 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Henry S. Grew, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, 


The craving for freedom is universal and 
Americans may well make it their proudest 
boast that this is the land of liberty. But even 
here, freedom has its limits. At home, at 
school, in society and as citizens, we are 
bound by laws, written and unwritten. 

The Farm School affords a good example 
of freedom restricted by proper and needful 
regulations. The pupils must yield respect and 

obedience to instructors, who in their turn are 
under the superintendent and he is subordinate 
to the managers and must carry out their wishes 
and is in duty bound to fulfill the intentions of 
the founders of the School and of those who 
are supporting it. 

The pupil may at times feel that school 
life with its tasks and its strict rules is bond- 
age, but in reality he has more liberty and 
more leisure than the instructors. They must 
work up to a stricter standard than is set for 
pupils or they could not hold their positions and 
would not be worthy to hold them. The su- 
perintendent is responsible for the proper working 
of all departments, and in order to keep the 
School in line with the best modern methods 
and well to the front, he must make a more 
strenuous effort and will have less time to call 
his own and less freedom of word and action 
than any of his subordinates. 

We admire the independent spirit of the 
pupil^who looks forward eagerly to the time 
when he will complete his course here and be 
ready to go out into the world and become a 
self-supporting citizen, though it is well for 
him to know that larger opportunities will bring 
greater responsibility and more exacting labor. 
It argues weakness of character on the part of 
any person to wish for lawless freedom from 
the duties he owes to himself and to others and 
it would be immoral to live a life of useless 
ease or selfish pleasure, even if the opportunity 
were given. 

The Pilgrims sought liberty of conscience 
in worship, but they did not crave relief from 
labor or freedom from all law. One writer has 
given briefly and well a summary of the whole 
subject by saying that the only liberty which 
anyman worthy the name will ask or wish for 
is the liberty to do that which is right. 



April 1. Material for fertilizer came. 
Mixed fertilizer. 

Sowed tomatoes in the hot-bed. 
Treasurer Arthur Adams and party passed 
the afternoon at the School. 

April 3. Easter Sunday. Concert at 3 
P. M. Rev. James Huxtable was with us and 
made an address. 

April 4. Sowed lettuce and radish. 

Laid cement casing around water pipe in 
the bakery. 

Louis E. Means finished a small table for 
the private room. 

April 5. Finished enameling the bed- 
steads in the dormitories. 

Foundation filling finished in kitchen and 

April 6. Prof. A. H. Kirkland gave a 
stereopticon lecture on insects. 

April 7. Projecting granite underpinning 
in kitchen and bakery trimmed up. 

April 8. New granolithic .floors finished 
in the kitchen and bakery. 

April 9. Carpenters completed a portable 
closet for the office. 

Mr. John R. Morse who has spent the 
week with us returned to his home today. 

Graded the hill at the north end of Lyman 
Grove for a drive-way. 

The boys who received honorable mention 
at the time of the award of the last conduct 
prizes went to Keith's this afternoon. 

April 1 1. Prof. Joseph L. Hills, Director 
of theVermont Agricultural Experiment Station, 
gave a stereopticon lecture this evening on 
"The Story of the Soil." 

April 12. George Percy Wiley and Van 
Renssellaer Brown entered the School. 

April 13. Finished painting the east 

Mr. S. C. Brackett gave a stereopticon 
lecture this evening on Cuba. 

April 14. Outside windows taken off. 

Quite a little snow fell and ice was brought 
In this morning an eighth of an inch thick. 

April 15. Killed two pigs. 

April 16. Finished painting the kitchen 

Cleaned away gravel from the steamer's 

Blocks for steamer and scow, lifted and 
broken by ice, repaired and replaced. 

The ground was white with snow this 
morning and it snowed all the forenoon. 

April 18. Sowed barley and planted peas. 

42 copies of London Illustrated News 
received from Miss Ellen S. Bacon. 

April 19. Patriots' Day. Raised the 
topmast and gaff on main flagstaff. 

April 20. Ground white with snow this 

Planted seven cherry trees and seventeen 
plum trees. 

New brass railing made and placed on 
steamer Pilgrim. 

April 21. An entertainment given by the 
graduates, under the direction of Mr. Clarence 
W. Loud, chairman of the entertainment com- 
mittee of the Alumni Association. Graduates 
taking part were Clarence W. Loud, Alden B. 
Hefler, Thomas Brown, George Buchan and 
Merton P. Ellis. Graduate Harold E. Brenton 
very kindly furnished the " Magic and Music" 
number on the program which is on page 6. 

April 22. Planted early potatoes. 

Long distance telephone inspected. 

April 23. Sowed onions. 

Sheet steel top fitted over the bakery stairs 
and bolted in place. 

A horse received from Garland and Son of 

Mr. A. T. Kempton of Fitchburg gave a 
stereopticon lecture this evening on Evangeline. 
■ April 24. Picked the first dandelion. 

April 25. Husks for boys' beds came. 

Planted maples and oaks in Bowditch 

Mowed the lawns for the first time this 


April 26. New flight of stairs put up at 
the storage barn. 

Boys voted on a name for the new horse 
and he was named Major. 

April 27. Manager Francis Shaw visited 
the School. 

April 28. Several copies of the London 
Illustrated News received from Treasurer 
Arthur Adams. 

April 29. Storm which has been raging 
for the past two days ended this noon in a fog. 

April 30. The U. S. Life Saving Station 
came into commission and was anchored in the 
usual place between our Island and City Point. 

Finished repairs on the Bradford, includ- 
ing a new top plank, gunwale and row-lock 

Tdriti $cl)ool Bank 

Cash on hand April 1st., 1904 
Deposited during the month. 

Withdrawn during the month, 
Cash on hand May 1st., 1904 




Following is the programme of the enter- 
tainment on the evening of April 21, under 
the direction of the Alumni Association, Clar- 
ence W. Loud, Chairman. This was a very 
pleasant thing for the graduates to do, and we 
realize that it meant many hours of rehearsing 
for those who have few leisure hours. 
Part One. 

1 Overture Piano 

Miss Edith Hall 

2 Song Selected 

Mr. Charles Briggs 

3 Violin Solo Mr. August Sander 

4 Magic and Music Mr. F. O. Harrell 

5 Violin Solo Mr. August Sander 

6 Medley Piano 

Miss Edith Hall 

Part Two. 


A Farce in one Act. 


Mr. Breed A Vermont Squire 

Mr. Clarence W. Loud 
Harry Breed A. B., Harvard, His son 

Mr. Merton P. Ellis 
Tom Burnham Leading Lady of the Pi Eta 

Theatre Mr. Alden B. Hefler 
Flora Strong Mr. Breed's Niece' 

Mr. Thomas Brown 
Mrs. Breed Mr. George Buchan 

Time The Present Day 
Season Summer 
Scene Sitting room at Mr. Breed's 
in Breedville, Vermont. 

easter Concert Programme 

Song Ciioir 

Christ Has Risen 
Recitation James A. Edson 

Prayer Mr. W.J. Clark 

Recitation Harry M. Chase 

Easter Tide 
Song Choir 

Message of Easter Day 
Recitation Clarence Taylor 

Resurrection Morning 
Recitation George I. Leighton 

Risen With Christ 
Recitation Philip S. May 

Easter Hens 
Song Choir 

Dreaming World 
Recitation Roland Tyler 

An Easter Hymn 
Exercise Class 

The Gifts of Spring 
Recitation Walter D. Norwood 

After the Resurrection 
Song Choir 

Christ is Victor 
Recitation Joseph E. K. Rohblee 

The Lord of Life and Light 
Recitation Herbert J. Phillips 

At Easter Time 

Song Choir 

Ever Shining 


Recitation Carl L. Wittig 

Easter Awakening 
Exercise Class 

Getting Ready for Easter 
Song Choir 

The Easter Morn 
Recitation Elmer A. Johnson 

A Lenten Litany 
Recitation Leonard S. Hadyen 

An Easter Song 
Song Choir 

O Easter Light 
Recitation Warren H. Bryant 

\hlE Come With Flowers 
Exercise Class 

Grief and Glory 
Song Choir 

Beautiful Bells 
Recitation Barney Hill 

Easter Bells 
Song Choir 

Lo, 'Tis Come ! 
Recitation A. LeRoy Sawyer 

Soprano Solo Ernest N . Jorgensen 

Sleeping Buds, Awake! 
Recitation Charles H. O'Conner 

The Easter Miracle 
Song Choir 

All Hail, Sweet Day 
Address Rev. James Huxtable 

Pldving l)ill Dill 

, About every night after supper, the boys 
go out on the gravel between the hall and the 
house and one fellow is "it" and the other 
fellows run from one side to the other without 
getting caught. If one gets caught, he helps 
■ the one who is "it." catch the rest. After 
they are all caught the first one caught is "it." 
It is good sport when the big fellows play, 
because they can go through without getting 
caught and when some big fellow is caught it is 
hard for the others to go through without 
getting caught. We play from six till seven 
and then we have to go to bed. 

Everett A. Rich. 

Digging Crm 

On our lawns the grass in some places 
has not had a chance to grow on account of 
the trees being so near together and keeping 
out the sun and also some of the trees are so 
near together they do not develop perfectly. 
So some have to be cut dowi.. A circle is dug 
around the tree to get at the roots and they are 
cut off with one end of the inattock. When 
most of the roots are cut, a rope is attached 
nearly to the top and a crowd of boys begin to 
pull. Most always the tree come^ at the first 
pull but sometimes not, so there are more roots 
to get at. When the tree is felled, the limbs 
and branches are chopped off and trimmed and 
put down in the wood yard. The stump is 
next sawed and taken down to be burned. The 
tree then is rolled upon bars of wood and 
carried down to the lumber yard and piled on 
other logs. The ground where the tree was is 
spaded and raked over smooth and is all ready 
for grass seed. Charles Warner. 

Burning Grass 

One afternoon Mr. Morse took two other 
boys besides myself to go over to the 
south end of our Island to burn grass. ' Before 
we went over, we got a number of evergreen 
branches and then started for the south end. 
When we got over there, Mr. Morse lighted the 
grass on the bank by the road. There was 
quite a strong east wind, so the fire traveled 
quite rapidly. After this was out we went over 
in the marsh and burnt there. There was quite 
a large ditch shutting off the pasture from the 
marsh and Mr. Morse didn't think it would leap 
the ditch and it didn't. But it went around the 
way it was least expected. We left the grass 
burning here and went over by our cemetery 
and burnt there. We had a hard job keeping 
the fire from going into the cemetery. We 
took our evergreen branches and in that way we 
put the fire out quite quickly. We found out 
that by raising the branch over our heads, it 
scattered the fire, so we gave it quick whacks 
and it was put out sooner. 

Horace P. Thrasher. 



Ernest W. Austin, '00, is now in the 
New York office of Mr. Herbert D. Hale, 
Architect, his address being 92 William Street. 
Ernest has worked for Mr. Hale most of the 
time since he left the School. 

John F. Barr, '01, is at work for the 
American Soda Fountain Co., on Congress 
Sl;re3t, near the South Station. He lives with 
his mother and brother Clarence at 12 Oak- 
land Ave., Everett, Mass. 

Clarence W. Barr, '02, works for the 
Frank Ridlon Co., electric supplies, 251 A 
St., South Boston. 

George E. Hicks, '03, for a few months 
has teen a messenger in the freight yard of the 
"/view York, New Haven and Hartford R. R. 
but has recently been given a position as night 
press clerk. 

Cleaning Br!ck$ 

One morning 1 went down to the farm and 
Mr. Vaughan told me to go to Mr. Morrison 
and get a chisel to clean bricks with. The 
bricks were in the stock barn cellar piled up but 
not very neatly. I got a chisel and went to Mr. 
Vaughan and he showed me how to do it. Then 
he went out and I began to work. When he 
went, he told me to clean them nicely and to 
clean as many as I could. I cleaned about 
twenty-five bricks. I had a chisel and a 
hammer. I had to pound as hard as I could 
on some bricks to get the mortar off. 

Ralph H. Marshall. 

Sbooeling Sand 

One day Mr. McLeod told me to go up to 
the wood cellar and shovel the sand that was 
going to be dumped there to make mortar with, 
that was not needed in the cellar at the time, 
and to keep it piled up. About as soon as I got 
up there, the team was there and I helped the 
driver- dump his load and I shovelled it down. 
About as soon as I got one load piled up, another 
load would come. I worked there all the morn- 
ing and by that time there was enough sand. 
John F. Nelson. 

School Calendar 

In the first schoolroom every month a boy 
makes a calendar for that month. He takes a 
sheet of drawing paper and makes some kind of 
a design around it or at the top snd divides off 
the space for the different days. It tells the 
temperature, directions of wind, atmosphere, 
and length of day, besides the day of the week 
and month like the ordinary calendar. It hangs 
on the rack with the drawings. 

Robert H. Bogue. 

Cleaning Beds 

In the dormitory one day after we were 
through making our beds. Miss Brewster told 
us to take some skewers and pads and go to 
cleaning beds. It was new work to me so Miss 
Brewster told us to take our scrub pads and put 
them underneath the bed springs to hold the 
springs up away from the beds. Then we took 
our skewers and poked the dirt out from under- 
neath the springs at the foot of the bed where 
it had collected. After we had the foot of our 
beds done, we went to the head and did the 
same. When we had done about four beds in 
this way, it was time to do our sweeping, so we 
stopped this work. 

Roland Tyler. 

Hew mm 

Lately Mr. Bradley has bought two nisps 
of Japan and the countries of China that are 
included in the war. We use the maps when 
talking about the war, which is about once a 
week. Nearly all the ports are on it that have 
anything to do with the war. One of the maps 
is hung on the inside of the reading room door 
and the other is in the first schoolroom part of 
the time and in the second schpolroom part of 
the time. The dimensions of the maps are 
twenty-two by seventeen inches. They are both 
good sized ones. There is a small map in the 
lower right hand corner which shows the city of 
Tokio, the capital of Japan, and a few other 
towns or cities. 1 think they are good maps 
and we boys can learn much about Japan from 
them. I hope Japan will beat in the war. 

William A. Reynolds^ 



Vol. 8. No. 2. 

Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 

June, 1904. 

Entered November 23, 1903, at Boston. Mass., as Second-class matter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 

graduates' Etitmainmcnt 

One of the things the fellows look forward 
to is an entertainment by the graduates. We 
had the pleasure of having this on the night of 
the twenty-first of April. We marched up to 
the chapel and as we entered the door we were 
handed a programme. When the curtain went 
up, a piano solo was given by Miss Edith Hall. 
This was enjoyed very much and there was 
much applauding. The next number was a 
violin solo by Mr. Sanders. This was enjoyed 
as much as the first. Then came some magic 
tricks and music by Prof. F. O. Harrell, who 
is a friend of graduate Harold E. Brenton to 
whom we owe the pleasure of this number. Tho 
first was a selection " Massa's in the Cold, Cold 
Ground" played on a set of Swiss bells. 
Then he played on some glass goblets and 
made some very sweet music. We enjoyed 
this and there was so much applauding 
that he played one more for us. Then he told 
us that he wanted to do a trick with some silk 
handkerchiefs. He said that some magicians 
ask the audience to supply them, but he thought 
it was his place, being a magician, to make 
them come from the air. So he started some 
motion with his hands and brought out a 
handkerchief. He repeated this motion until 
he had three handkerchiefs. He then took a 
piece of paper and rolled it up like a cylinder 
and said he was going to dye them. He took 
a yellow one and dyed it white by drawing it 
through the paper cylinder. Then he took a 
green one and drew it through the same piece 
of paper and it came out red, then another one he 
dyed blue, making the national colors. He did 
many more tricks, such as making balls appear 

and disappear, tricks with some colored paper, 
making some money go into one fellow's hands 
and then, before he knew it, pulled a stick five 
or six feet long out of his mouth. He then 
played another piece on the Swiss bells and 
retired. Tne curtain went down and we knew 
that the graduates were coming- next. 

When the curtain went up, we were looking 
into the sitting room of Mrs. Breed of Vermont. 
They had been expecting their son, Harry, home 
from Harvard to spend his vacation. At last 
he arrived and there was the usual greeting of a 
loved one. Then Mr. Breed asked questions of 
his son, as to his habits and what he had 
learned, and it was quite a puzzle to them 
to account favorably for some of his answers. 
in the next scene, Tom Burnham appeared 
in the disguise of a lady. Harry told Tom 
that his father wanted him to marry his 
niece and Harry expressed his dislike to such 
a plan. Then he said, "Tom, you can do me 
a favor." "How?" asked Tom. "You can 
make believe that you are this niece of mine 
and then I will not have to marry this niece 
whom I have never seen." Tom Burnham did as 
suggested, but the real niece came and things 
were rather mixed up for awhile. But at last 
Tom Burnham was discovered, Harry began to 
care for the real niece and things were going 
smoothly as the curtain fell. 

The graduates who took part were Clarence 
W. Loud, Merton P. Ellis, Alden B. Hefler, 
Thomas Brown and George Buchan. They were 
'assisted by their friends Mr. F. 0. Harrell, 
Mr. Charles Briggs, Miss Edith Hall and Mr. 
August Sander. 

William N. Dinsmore. 


Screening Gr^tvel 

One afternoonanother boy and I went down 
to the beach near the wharf to screen gravel. 
The screen was down on the beach. So we took 
one shovel each and started for the beach. We 
saw the screen on the beach and we took 
it over where there was some gravel because 
that was sand where the screen was standing. 
We put up our screen and threw about ten 
shovelfuls on it and what did not go through the 
screen, we threw to one side. So we kept 
going this way till the gravel came to a pile up 
to the screen. Then we went to another place. 
We had three piles done when another fellow 
came over the hill and said, "Capaul, Mr. 
Morrison wants you," so I went up and left the 
other boy working alone screening gravel. 

Edward Capaul. 

Cleaning 1)arne$$e$ 

As it has been rainy for the last few days 
we had to work in the barn doing odd jobs. 
My job was cleaning harnesses with Mr. 
Ferguson. The first thing we did was to get 
some rope and hang up the cultivating harnesses. 
Then we got a bucket of water and a sponge 
and cloth and washed all the dirt from the 
harness. After this was done we took a dry 
cloth and went over the harness to have it 
perfectly dry to oil it. When the harness was 
oiled, we scraped the dirt all off the cloth part of 
the collar and oiled that. The next thing we 
did was to take the cart harnesses and do the 
same to those as we did to the others. 

Leslie R. Jones. 

Planting Potatoes 

One afternoon some other boys and 1 
planted potatoes. We went down to the barn 
and got some overalls on and marched over to 
the north end. First we got baskets and pans 
and filled them with potatoes that had been cut. 
Mr. McLeod told us to drop them a foot apart, 
one piece in a hill. Another boy and I filled 
our baskets full and then we went to plant them. 
While he was planting one row, I was planting 
another one. We finished planting that piece 
that afternoon. 

Harold Y. Jacobs. 

Giving Out Seeds 

Every year Mr. Gleason, of Schlegel & Fot- 
tler's, gives the boys seeds for their gardens. This 
year they were given out the 21st of May at one 
o'clock. Mr. Morrison went up in the gardens 
and had the boys who wanted seeds standby their 
gardens. He asked us what kind of seeds we 
wanted the most of. The boys like asters, zinnias 
and pansies. As soon as the boys got their seeds, 
they planted them. Most of the seeds that were 
given out then, are up now. Zinnias came up 
the quickest in my garden. I had for my garden 
zinnias, asters and pansies. Some of the boys 
got seeds from their friends so they did not 
need any. Some boys own gardens with 
another fellow, some boys own two and some 
own by themselves. 

Robert W. Gregory. 

Cleaning the Beacb 

One afternoon Mr. Morrison told two boys 
besides me to go down and cleanup the beach. 
We got the beach all level and then we raked 
it all and put the dirt in a pile to be put into the 
brush pile which was on the north side of the 
wharf. When we had it raked, we got wheel- 
barrows and forks to take up the dirt and wheel 
it over to the brush pile. Then we raked all 
around the boat house. There were some piles 
of stones and tin cans which we took away. 
Then we took care of the things which we had 
to work with. 

George A. Maguire. 

Picking Uiolets 

One afternoon two of us boys went up to 
the gardens and picked the violets on Henry 
Bradley's garden and took them to Miss Galer. 
I went and got a pan to put them in 
while the other boy was picking them. When 
I got back he had picked quite a lot and 
I helped him pick the rest. We would 
think that we had them all picked, but 
would push some of the leaves away and 
would see a lot more. We got them all 
picked by school time. 

Leon H. Quinby. 


J\ Cccture on l^aoatta 

One evening Mr. Brackett of Boston gave 
us a stereopticon lecture on Havana. The first 
slide showed the wharves in New York and sky- 
scrapers in the distance. Then we saw a 
steamer on its way to Havana. The next two 
or three slides showed men leaning over the 
side of the vessel watching the flying fish as 
they darted here and there. There were views 
of the different places on the way going down, 
and when he came to Morro Castle he explained 
to us that the entrance to Havana Harbor is 
very narrow and he showed us a few pictures of 
it. We then went on an imaginary walk 
through Havana, seeing its beauty as well as its 
dullness. Mr Brackett said that when he was 
taking these pictures, a lol of Cubans would 
crowd around so as to get their pictures taken 
too. He showed us Havana as it was 
first built at the west side of the harbor upon 
rocks. But the people saw that they were 
more liable to be attacked by buccaneers,- so 
they moved around to the east side and they 
built this higher and stronger than the other. 
When it rains in Havana, the rain all collects in 
the streets and sometimes the horses will be 
going through water up to their knees. The 
reason for this is that they have no gutters 
there and the water doesn't have a chance to 
run off. He showed us a picture of Columbus 
towards the end. He showed us a park which 
had settees around it, and a man from America 
going there for the first time would sit down and 
after awhile a Havana policeman would come 
along and say "five centsfor sitting down." The 
last slide was an American flag with clouds 
around it. At this slide we all clapped. It was 
a very good and interesting lecture. 

C. James Pratt. 

Ploughing tbc Orchard 

One morning 1 went with Mr. Ferguson 
to plough the orchard. We drove the span of 
horses down to the storage barn and got the 
plough and took it to the orchard. We began at 
the lower western side of the orchard near the 
Farm House path. A row of trees was omitted 
on each side of the path on account of the trees 

being so small that they would easily be bruised 
with their branches so low. We took one strip 
as close to the trees as possible without injuring 
them. In order to prevent injury, we put a sack 
on each of the outside traces, fastening it around 
the hook, also the end of the whiffletrees. We 
then finished the strip between the rows and 
worked on towards the storage barn. V/hen 
that side was done, the other side was done in 
the same way. As we ploughed only one way, 
we left a space of about a foot and a half in length 
by the width of the row. It took us a week to 
finish it. This is done to kill the grass so that 
the grass will not take the nourishment from 
the trees. What little remained unploughed, 
was to be done with spades or a disk harrow. 
Chester F. Welch. 

Painting Scars 

One morning after I had put on my overalls, 
Mr. McLeod told me to go up to the shop and 
Mr. Vaughan would show me what to do. 
When I got there he told me to take some 
lead-colored paint and go down in the orchard. 
He told me to start at the south side of the 
orchard and paint all the scars that were an inch 
or more in diameter, where the branches had 
been cut off. I would take my paint brush 
and climb up in the tree and paint all there were 
in that tree, then I would do the same to the 
next and so on. It took three mornings to 
finish all the orchard. The reason they are 
painted is to protect the scar so the weather 
will not rot it, until the bark has grown over it. 

Frank S. Miley. 

Che Hew Rorse 

A short time ago Mr. Garland of Dorchester 
gave the School a new horse. His former 
owner had not named him, so Mr. Bradley gave 
us boys the privilege of doing it. After we were 
given time to think over some names, he asked 
us what we wanted. We all told him the names 
we liked and he picked out those that were 
suitable to be voted upon. Some of these were 
••Dick," " Billy," "King," and others. After 
counting the number of votes that each name 
had, "Major" had the largest number, or sixty- 
two. Roland Tyler. 


Cboiiip$on'$ Island Beacon 

Published Monthy by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 2. 

June, 1904. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year. 



Richard M. Saltonstall. 


Alfred Bowditch. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin 0. Adams, 

I. Tucker Burr, Jr., 
Charles P. Curtis, Jr.. 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Henry S. Grew, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, 


Every privilege is accompanied by its 
duties, and good citizenship is a debt due to 
our country for the substantial advantages which 
a powerful and free government affords. 

Chief among these advantages is the 
franchise, or right to vote. The word is well 
chosen, for franchise means freedom, and the 
ballotgives all classes a share in the government, 
thus allowing them liberty to govern themselves. 

The privilege of the ballot bears with it 
the duty on the part of the citizen to vote 
intelligently as well as honestly; intelligently, 
because a member of any organization is very 
much out of place and liable to do more harm 
than good if he has not a thorough working 
knowledge of its principles and its laws. The 
information necessary for casting an intelligent 
ballot is within the reach of every man, and the 
pupils in our schools are receiving such 
training in patriotism and instruction in affairs 
of government that these voters of the future can 
not be ignorant of any of their duties as citizens. 
The man who is sufficiently honest to be above 
bribery himself will not vote to elect a dishonest 
legislator. Honesty and intelligence at the 
ballot box means heahh at the root of the tree of 
government, and enables it to stand firm, to send 
forth vigorous branches and to bear good fruit. 

Another privilege is personal protection. 
If life, property or reputation is even threatened, 
police protection is at hand and the courts of 
law are open to all those who have been wronged 
and are seeking justice. In case of injury or 
oppression in a foreign land, the forces of the 
United States are ready to compel justice, not 
only for Ion Perdicaris but as well in behalf of 
the humblest of American citizens. 

The grand point is to make this a moral 
issue rather than a statement of debt and credit 
for benefits given or received. Whether the 
privileges are few or many, great or small, 
there is always the moral obligation resting upon 
the citizen, first to know his proper relation to 
the government and then to do the right without 
fear or favor. 

In an address given here recently by a 
life-long friend of this School, a man who, 
though he seldom makfes a formal speech, has 
worked faithfully with and for the boys through 


many years, the essence of good citizenship was 
expressed when he said that to become a good 
citizen it is first necessary to be a good man. 

Our loyalty will not be limited to our own 
country if we remember that we are not only 
citizens of the United States but citizens of the 
World. He who fills aright his own place in 
th-s grand structure of government, helps to 
realize the desires of those who stand highest 
in statesmanship, those who Icok to the United 
States as not only a great power but a power 
for good among the nations cf the earth. 

m • M . ^^2xL/vl^ 


May 1. Instructors attended church in 

Graduate Harold S. Taylor called. 

May 4. Front door molded casing made 
and placed at Farm House also base, base 
moulding and section of floor replaced in front 

May 5. Soweci carrot and be'et seed. 

A package of literature received from Mr. 
C. H . Woodsum. 

May 6. Plantedfirstsweetcornandbeans. 

Col. Joseph F. Scott, Supt. of New York 
State Reformatory, Elmira, visited here. 

Made and put down new thresholds in 
kitchen and bakery. 

May 9. New shaft put in the one-horse 
farm wagon. 

May 10. First asparagus. 

Vermont exercises this evening. 

Forty-one books for the library received 
from Treasurer Arthur Adams. 

Mr. Vaughan and boys went to Franklin 
Park for shrubs for the school gardens on 
Dartmouth St., and planted them. 

May 1 1. Launched the Lozier launch. 

Row-boat Standish repaired. 

Mr. Vaughan and boys went to Franklin 
Park for shrubs for our own grounds. 

May 12. Planted potatoes. 

A man from Daniel Pratt's Son put all the 
clocks in order. 

May 13. Steamer towed a load of 
dressing from Walworth's. 

Finished railway for launching and hauling 
out boats. 

Graduate Harold E. Brenton came to give 
the band a lesson. 

May 14. Planted field corn. 

Slieathing removed from steamer Pilgrim 
and a few repairs made. New propeller fitted. 

May 15. Sunday. Rev. James Huxtable 
addressed the boys at 3 P. M. 

May 17. First Visiting Day of the season. 
There were 226 visitors present. Graduates 
Harold E. Brenton, Ralph Trim, John W. 
Robblee and Joseph Pratt here. 

Armour Sylvester left the School and 
returned to friends. 

May 18. Bakery window cased. 

Twenty-five volumes of " Orations" receiv- 
ed from Mr. Graydon Stetson for the library. 

May 19. A load of dressing from Wal- 

An autograph copy of A Chronological 
Dictionary of all the books, pamphlets and 
periodical publications printed, in the United 
States of America from the genesis of printing 
in 1639 down to and including the year 1820, 
with Bibliographical and biographical notes, 
received from the author, graduate Charles 

May 20. Set 200 early cabbages. 

A load of dressing from Walworth's. 

Finished painting the farmer's and 
watchman's room at the Farm House. 

May 21. Painted the Bradford. 

Young people from the South Congrega- 
tional Church under the direction of Mr, 
William Howell Reed, Jr., gave an entertain- 
ment here this evening. 

May 23. Put new section of gunwale on 
the scow and calked seams. 

May 24. Set 1300 tomato plants. 

Sowed mangels and oats. 

Finished painting the PilCrim. 

Treasurer Arthur Adams spent the evening 


May 25. All scales officially tested. 

A framed picture of Mt. Vernon 1 7 X 42 
inches received from Mr. Charles L. Burrillfor 
the schoolroom. 

The graduating class from the North Ben- 
nett St. Normal Industrial School with the 
Principal Mr. Gustaf Larsson spent a part of 
the day here. 

May 26. Seventy-five boys with some of 
the instructors attended the circus. 

May 27. Camel's Rock drilled for new 
eye-bolt and buoyed at the north end of the Island. 

May 28. Planted lima beans. 

First red clover blossom. 

Launching truck and scow painted. 

May 29. Sunday. The E. P. A. con- 
ducted the exercises and decorated the graves in 
the cemetery this afternoon. 

Finished two "light" boards for the 

Treasurer Arthur Adams and his brother 
Mr. Charles Francis Adams, 2nd. spent the 
night here. 

May 30. Put on window screens. 

Began cutting rye for cows. 

Forty-five boys with instructors attended 
Memorial Services at Tremont Temple by 
invitation of Edward W. Kinsley Post No. 1 13, 
G. A. R. 

May 31. Sprayed the orchard with Bor- 
deaux mixture and Paris green. 

farm School Bank 

Cash on hand May 1st., 1904 $630.06 

Deposited during the month, 36.37 



Withdrawn during the month, 
Cash on hand June 1st., 1904 

Cbc €lotbe$ Eine 

Every morning when I go around to the 
laundry, I have to get oil, cloths and soap and 
water so as to wash the lines in the clothes-yard. 
The lines get black and rusty, so I have to take 
oil to get the rust off and soap and water to get 
the black off. 1 go over them with a dry wiping- 
cloth, and then they are ready for the clothes to 
be hung on them. Albert S. Beetchy. 

mixing Tcrtilizer 

Mr. Vaughan gave us an agiiculture 
lesson on mixing fertilizer down at the barn. 
He gave the morning classes a lesson on mixing 
fertilizer for corn, and the afternoon classes one 
on potatoes. In the morning he first put on the 
floor a layer of acid phosphate and then a 
layer of tankage, then dried blood and the 
last of all muriate of potash. In the 
afternoon he mixed fertilizer for potatoes and 
used the same as for corn except in the place 
of muriate of potash he used nitrate of soda. 
He mixed a ton at each lesson. Then he had 
it sifted all together in one pile and then put 
into bags and marked "corn" and "potatoes." 
When we mix our own fertilizer we save eight 
dollars a ton. We had to get four tons and a 
half and so we save quite a good deal. 

Charles A. Blatchford. 

Diggind Dandelions 

One afternoon before school, Mr. Morrison 
told another boy and myself to get some knives 
and go to the lawn beside the hall and dig dan- 
delions, because they do not look nice in the 
grass. He told us to make piles of them and 
two boys would come along with the waste- 
barrel and pick them up. We worked there till 
the whistle blew, and then we went up to the 
house to get ready for school. 

Paul H. Gardner. 

Shining Brass 

One day when I got my work all done in 
the dining room, Miss Dudley told another boy 
and myself to get a dauber and shiner and shine 
the brass. I went out to the shop and got a 
board that would reach across the sink. I stood 
on the board and shined the top brass first. 
Then 1 did the lower brass. It shined pretty 
well. I got down on my knees and shined the 
brass that holds the sink up and then shined the 
faucet and pipes. I made them shine very 
bright and Miss Dudley said it was good. 

Alfred W. Jacobs. 

"Affairs succeed by patience, and he that 
is hasty falleth headlong." 


Carrying Oil for mosquitoes 

About the first of May, my work was to 
carry oil to be put on the ditches and wet, 
swampy places at the south end of the island 
and the ditches belov/ the barn. We used gas 
oil and \ had to keep three gallon pails full 
while Mr. Vaughan was spraying the oil on 
the water. We first sprayed the wet places in 
the dump and then the ditches below the farm 
house in the marsh. The "wigglers" were 
very thick, in some places the water was just 
black with them. In the ploughed ground in 
some places in the marsh, where. the water had 
collected, there were quanities of them, even 
in the foot prints. After we finished at the 
south end we worked on the ditches and wet 
places below the barn. 

Leslie R. Jones. 

Sawing off Dead Cimbs 

The other day when I went down to the 
farm, Mr. McLeod told the smallest fellows to 
go over to the north end. Some of us had 
shovels and rakes and the rest ha<i small hand 
saws. When we got over there, he told the 
fellows that had saws to saw the dead limbs off 
the oak trees. We would climb up the trees 
that had low limbs and we had a ladder to get up 
the high ones with. We would go up to the 
highest limb and work down, so as to have a 
footing all the way down. Some of the limbs 
were half a foot through and 'it would take a long 
time to cut them off as we could not get in a 
good position to saw them. I cut limbs all 
the morning. 

Fred T. Upton. 

mashing Blankets 

Last fall we did not finish washing all the 
blankets that were taken from the boys' beds. 
So this spring one Saturday two of us at a time 
went up and brought down some blankets. 
Twelve of them were brought down at first. 
We washed them, rinsed and hung them up to 
dry. They were brought into the laundry and 
put on racks and left over Sunday and then 
taken into the sewing room. 

George L Leighton. 

Growth of Seeds 

In the early part of April, Mr. Vaughan 
planted some vegetable seeds in pans in the 
second schoolroom. Some of them came up 
quickly and some came up slowly. The 
radishes, peas and beans came up quickly. The 
following were planted; cabbage, parsnips, beans, 
peas, radishes and several others. There were 
some grasses also like millet, redtop, timothy, 
with oats and barley. Some of the seeds 
came up three or four days after they were 
planted and some did not come up until about 
a week afterward. Pretty nearly all of them 
came up. Beans, peas and radishes will 
blossom before long. 

Charles F. Reynolds. 

Caning Chairs 

Lately we have been caning chairs for 
work in the shop. The chairs come from 
different parts of the house to be fixed. The 
first thing to do is to cut out the old caning. 
When you start caning the chair, you begin at 
the corner. There are holes for the cane to 
go through. Then you take the end of the cane 
and go across the chair back and forth. At 
every end of the cane you put a little stick 
to hold it. After this is done you go across 
just the opposite way. only putting the cane 
under every other one, then you go corner wise. 
You take a piece of cane and go all around the 
edge, so the holes will not show. Then the 
sticks are cut off and your chair is completed. 

Carl L. Wittig. 

Getting Gutter Stones 

One day before school Mr. Morrison took 
twelve boys and me and went around the beach 
getting gutter stones. We went down to the 
beach in back of the hall and began getting the 
stones. When we got quite a lot gathered, Mr. 
Morrison would tell us where to make a pile, so 
he could tell the one that came next where to 
look for them. We worked around the north 
end of the Island and then on the other side of 
the beach tov/ard the wharf. We got quite a 
lot of good stones and had a good walk. 

Harris H. Todd. 



John F. Peterson, '95, entered Tufts 
College in September, 1901. He is doing 
splendid work in his studies and has entered 
enthusiastically into the sports of the school. 
On May 4th he pitched a game of baseball for 
his class team in which they beat Mass. 
Institute of Technology '06, 14 to 4. 

Last fall, while he was playing left guard 
on the Varsity football team he had a very 
pleasant visit at West Point with the captain of 
the team of that school, who is a Lynn man. 

Peterson has spent his summer vacations 
for several years past, working for the General 
Electric Co., in Lynn. His home address is 
8 Rogers Ave., Lynn, Mass. 

J\\nmn\ notice 

The regular semi-annual business meeting 
of the Farm School Alumni Association was 
held in Winthrop Hall, Dorchester, on May 
19th. The reports of the different committees 
were heard and after that the report of the 
treasurer was taken up. The non-payment of 
dues has now reached a serious stage in our 
Association and the treasurer reported quite a 
sum due from this cause. It was voted to call 
a special meeting in the fall to further consider 
this matter and in the meantime the secretary 
was requested to inform all members in arrears 
that their failure to pay their yearly dues would 
necessitate serious measures at the meeting in 
September. A number of ways to take care 
of this matter was suggested but nothing 
definite was done at this meeting. Edward L. 
Davis, Augustus E. Doe, Walter Kirwin and 
Harry R. Wilmot were admitted making a total 
of 108 members. Since the last meeting we 
have lost one of our number, Mr. George O. 
Whittaker, a loss deeply felt by the Association. 
A special committee was appointed to look up 
two of the members who were reported as not 
being in good standing, and report at the next 
meeting. The secretary would be pleased to 
receive any suggestions as to a pin or badge for 
the Association from any of the members, as 
this matter will be taken up at the next meeting. 
The thanks of the Association were voted to 

those who kindly assisted the entertainment 
committee at the School in April. The meet- 
ing adjourned at 10.30 after which refreshments 
were served. Any member changing his 
address is requested to send in the correct one 
and also the names of any graduates they may 
know of who are not members. 

Merton P. Ellis, Secretary. 

Tilling in with $od$ 

One afternoon Mr. Morrison told three of 
us boys to get a spade apiece and wheelbarrows 
and go down into the orchard, get some sods and 
put them in the space that wasn't used for shrubs. 
We got three loads and while the other two boys 
were taking care of their wheelbarrows, I put 
some of the sods in place. When they got back 
the bell rang and we went up. After supper one 
of the boys and I went and finished putting the 
sods in. After we used up all we had, we found 
out we didn't have enough and there was a hole 
to fill in so the sod would be level. I got the 
soil and he got the sods. When I got back, I 
filled in the hole and then we put the sods in 
place, laying them close together so they 
would be level. 

Leonard S. Hayden. 

Running the lUecdcr 

One day I had to get Barbara and harness 
her and hitch her to the weeder. I went over 
to the south end to the corn piece ^nd a boy 
led the horse while I kept the weeder in the rows. 
1 took two rows at a time. The weeder takes 
all the weeds out and some of the grass. We 
worked all the morning and did half the piece. 
It is an eight-acre piece. 

Samuel A. Weston. 

Picking Up 

Every morning after breakfast, Mr. Morri- 
son tells Embreeand me topickup. Sometimes 
it is hard because other fellows have raked up 
stones and gravel and other things and they are 
cold. But most always there is nothing to do 
but to go around the house and in back where 
there are leaves and papers to pick up. When 
it is near nine o'clock, Mr. Morrison tells us to 
get ready for school. 

William G. Manchester. 



Vol. 8. No. 3. 

Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 

July, 1904. 

Entered Novennbsr 23. 1903. at Boston, Mass.. as Second-class matter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 

Small Trulf Culture 

The small fruit culture of New England 
has greatly increased during the last ten years. 
People are beginning to realize the value of 
fruit as an article of food more and more each 
year. Formerly it was eaten as a luxury, eaten 
because it tasted good, now it is eaten because 
it is known to be a pure, healthy food. 

Small fruit culture is well adapted to small 
farms. Small fruit gets its name not from the 
size of the fruit but from the size of the plant it 
grows on, for example, strawberry, blackberry, 
etc. There are certain things we should 
remember in raising small fruit for market, the 
location and the selection of varieties, and we 
should keep in mind the character of the road, 
whether the fruit must be hauled by wagon for 
any distance. Small fruit thrives best in 
deep loamy soil that holds moisture well at all 
times, without becoming soggy during long rain- 
falls. We should buy the plants at a. reliable 
place, so as to be sure it is true to name. The 
plant should be free from injurious insects and 
diseases. The selection of plants is a matter 
often overlooked even by those who have been 
long in this business, yet it is most important. 
The plant must be thrifty, from a newly set field, 
and must be carefully dug and handled in the 
preparation for planting. All stumps, loose 
roots and stones large enough to interfere with 
the cultivation, should be removed before the 
final plowing. If the planting is not done until 
spring, most soils suitable for small fruits will 
be benefited by a deep fall plowing followed by 
another shallower one in the spring. 

All planting should be done in straight rows 
of equal distance apart. In bush fruits it is 

always best to have rows laid off both ways so 
that the cultivator can be run in both directions, 
at least during the first season. Before setting 
out, each plant should be carefully examined 
and all broken or decayed roots, leaves or 
branches should be removed. Plants found 
diseased or infested with injurious insects 
should be destroyed at once. If plants are dry 
when received, they can often be refreshed by 
placing the roots in water a few hours. The 
use of the hoe in small fruits should be avoided 
as far as possible, but when needed, hoeing 
should be carefully done. If the soil is not very 
rich before planting, the crop will be largely 
increased by using well-rotted stable manure. 
Hard-wood ashes may be used on most soils 
and commercial fertilizers in the place of 

The strawberry succeeds on a wide range 
of soil but does best on a moist, sandy loam. 
It may be planted at any time in early spring 
or late summer. Only new plants should be 
used and these should be from the first sets, 
rooted from runners. The distance between 
plants varies, but rows four feet apart with a 
distance of fifteen inches between the plants, re- 
quiring 8,712 per acre are most common. 
Cultivation is necessary all the season to keep 
the weeds down. The fruit never has to be 
thinned out. The only disease of the strawberry 
•is rust which is prevented by using Bordeaux 

The blackberry is propagated naturally by 
suckers. Soil that is naturally moist and well 
drained and on a cool spot on the northern slope 
is best. They should be planted very early in 
spring or in the fall in the warmer climate 


Blackberries are planted six by six feet apart, 
requiring 1 ,210 plants per acre. Pruning does 
all the thinning that is necessary. The diseases 
are the same as with the strawberry. If the 
rust gets a start, the bush should be rooted up 
and burned. 

Raspberries like blackberries do best on a 
well drained, but moist, rich, clay loam. The 
reds are commonly grown from one year old 
suckers but sometimes from cuttings. These 
are planted in rows six feet apart with plants 
four feet apart in a row, taking 1,815 plants per 
acre. The disease is the same as that of the 
blackberry and red and black raspberry. 

Currants and gooseberries are both propa- 
gated by cuttings. Plants two years old with 
good roots grown from cuttings should be chosen. 
Cultivation must be shallow all the time as the 
roots run near the surface. Cool moist soil is 
best. Currants will do very well in the shade. 
Pruning should be done in the spring. Small 
fruit raising is a very profitable business because 
fruit is in such demand all the season. It is 
very - interesting if understood by the one 
practicing it. Charles A. Blatchford. 

Pickittd over Beans 

One morning when we went down to the 
barn and had got our overalls on, I was told to pick 
over beans. I took a sieve and got some beans 
out of a barrel and put them in the sieve. All 
half beans went through but some dirt did not 
so I picked the rest of the dirt and stems out. 
When I had got a bushel done, Mr. Vaughan 
told me that those beans were very nice for 
seed. Louis C. Darling. 

Calk on ''Success" 

One Sunday Rev. Robert Walker of East 
Cambridge visited the School and addressed 
us. His subject was "Success." He said to 
reach success you must start right. Now some 
fellows would say, "Follow the crowd ;" but the 
crowd never gets there. Some people who ride 
in pullman cars have porters come in and brush 
their clothes, bring in their dinners and wait on 
them, but you never reach success that way. 
You have hardships to go through. He then 
took us on an imaginary car which after going 

along for some distance came to a station 
which was called Push. Quite a funny name 
but it means much. A little fellow who was 
barefooted but neatly dressed and had just 
finished school, came into a large dry goods 
store and wanted to know where the manager 
was. He happened to be speaking to the man- 
ager. The manager asked him what he wanted. 
He said he wanted to work in his store. The 
manager thought he would have a little fun 
with him so he asked him his name and age. 
He told him and was then asked what his motto 
was. The boy replied "The same as yours." 
"The same as mine, what's mine?" "Push, I saw 
it on the door as I came in." Push hard and 
when you do push you gain something. The 
second station was Thoroughness. A boy in 
school had the sulks one day, when the teacher 
was explaining about fractions. He said he 
would spite her and not learn anything about 
them. The teacher tried to teach hjm about 
them, but he would not learn. One day after he 
was through school there was a call for boys to 
go to West Point. He wanted to go, so he had 
to pass the examinations, but some of the ex- 
amination papers v/ere about fractions and he 
could not do them, so he couldn't go. The boy 
who said he would spite his teacher had fooled 
himself. The third station hadquitealongname_ 
Do Something for Nothing. A miner asked 
three boys where he could find a certain hotel. 
One boy said he would show him for three bits; 
the second said he would for two, but the third 
said he would for nothing. The miner said to 
the third boy, "You'r my man," and he took him 
to the hotel. After the boy had shown him 
the place, he was going away, when the miner 
said, "Hold on!" He bought him a new suit of 
clothes. The boy thanked him and started to 
go away again, but the miner said again, "Hold 
on! You were willing to do something for 
nothing, now 1 will pay you." He gave him 
a handful of gold. The fourth station was 
Purity. He said when you had gone that far 
there was not much fear of getting off the right 

William C. J. Frueh. 



Jin Jfftcrnoon at Cbe €ircu$ 

One afternoon' nearly the whole school 
went to the circus. We went to City Point in 
the steamer and Mary Chilton. There we took 
a special car to the circus grounds. We were 
early so ws stood in line near the entrance and 
while we were standing there a man was brought 
out. He was three feet high and twenty three 
years old. He was a Hindu. The circusbegan 
at two o'clock so we had an hour in which to 
look at the animals. They were in a big tent, all 
around the sides. After we had seen all of them 
we went into the big tent. The first number on 
the program was a representation of Jerusalem 
and the crusades. Second, feats on horse back. 
First there were a number of knights on horses 
and men-at-arms on foot. Then came the King 
and Queen with nobles of the court. When the 
priest came he blessed the King and Queen. 
Then came a duel with swords between the red 
and the blue shields and the blue shield had to 
give in. There was much parading around and 
then they passed out. During the intermission 
the clowns v/ould ccme in. There was one in 
white who would get up on the trapeze and pre- 
tend he was "green" but he was all right. He 
had a hat on and when he was away up to the top 
of the tent his hat fell off and he dove after it 
head first. He landed on his stomach fifty 
feet below in a net then he bounded up and landed 
on his back and then on his feet. He then began 
to chase his hat and every time he would take a 
step his hat would bounce out of his way. When 
he got it he would try it over again. In another 
part of the ring there was a clown and a chinaman 
upon a ladder trapeze. They would be going a- 
round so fast that all you could see was pigtail 
and bloomers. When they went out three girls, 
dressed in red, came in and performed on the 
trapeze and horses Then a man came in and 
standing on his hands balanced a lamp on his 
head. Next came the most wonderful feat of 
all. There was a V/alter Norman, who went to 
the top of the tent, got on a bicycle, rode down 
an incline, took a leap of thirty feet through the 
air and came down another slope amid the cheer- 
ing of the crowd. Last of all came the races. 

First there was a jockey race then a race of 
Shetland ponies with monkeys on their backs. 
Next and last of all there was a chariot races 
Tney went around twice. Of all the exciting 
things this was the most exciting. Good by to 
circus, days. 

Herbert A. Dirkies. 

Didding J!round Voung Cms 

One day 1 was told to dig around young 
trees on the front lawn. 1 was first shown how 
to dig around one tree, then I took the 
spade and started digging around the others. 
With the spade I made a circle about four feet 
in diameter. After 1 did one 1 would go to 
another until 1 got four or five done. Then 
I went back and raked around each tree, 
which leveled off the dirt, and took out the 
weeds so that they would not grow and take 
nourishment away from the tree. It took me 
three days to finish. 

Louis P. Marchi. 


About two weeks after the onion seed had 
been sown, 1 was told to take the hand cultiva- 
tor and cultivate the onions. The onion piece 
is below the Farm House and the rows run 
parallel with the Farm House path. When I 
began cultivating, the rows could be plainly 
seen by the narrow smooth surface which the 
planter had left. The teeth of the cultivator 
are twelve in number, six teeth on each side of 
the row. They are fastened so securely that 
when they strike a large stone it is thrown to 
one side, generally on the row. I run the cul- 
tivator by jerks so that in case a stone should 
be in the way, the cultivator could be lifted up 
and the stone skipped, and in this way stones 
are kept off from the row and the onions' growth 
is not stopped. The rows are fifteen inches 
apart not much further than the width of each 
set of teeth, so that going up one row and down 
the other is nearly the same as cultivating each 
row twice. 1 now cultivate them on an average 
of twice a week or after every rain. 

Chester F Welch, 


Cbonip$on'$ T$land Beacon 

Published Monthy by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 3 

July, 1904. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year. 



Richard M. Saltonstall. 


Alfred Bowditch. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin 0. Adams, 

L Tucker Burr, Jr., 
Charles P. Curtis, Jr.. 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Henry S. Grew, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Francis Shav/, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
MosiES Williams. Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, 


It is appropriate that commencement or 
graduation exercises should be held in June, 
the month of roses, for all the world seems in 
love with youth, and there never was a time 
whan so many gifts and favors were strewn like 
flowers in the path of the young as in the dawn- 
ing of this new century. 

At this season, too, many plants useful to 
man are thrusting their way above ground to 

grow and flourish in a new element. The soil 
was carefully prepared for the seed, and there 
in quiet and in safety it received its first 
nourishment, but now it must reach out and 
derive nutriment from new sources, and there 
must be a continual growth and strengthening of 
fibre to meet new conditions. 

Just so there has been a thorough prepara- 
tion, a wise selection of surroundings best 
adapted to the pupils' nature, his intellectual 
powers have been carefully nurtured, and for 
the future he is to see life from a new 

If he has profited by his training he aims 
to become a useful worker in some field of 
activity and he is likely to find in some re- 
spects a harsh contrast to the school life. He 
will be expected to work with such industry 
and skill that his services will be a source of 
profit to his employer, and the way will not be 
smoothed by much explanation or instruction ; 
excuses will not be accepted for neglect of 
mistakes, but rather it will be considered as a 
reasonable and necessary rule that he must not 
make a mistake. If he is true to his training, 
works diligently, and is ready to do even more 
than is required of him, the time may seem 
long before he -gains substantial reward or even 
a word of praise for his fidelity. But if he 
persevere, like the growing plant he will become 
strong, he will bend to the storms but they will 
not overthrow him, success will come, and it 
will be all the more welcome and satisfying 
because the way has seemed long and hard. 

This power of adaptability to surroundings 
is one quality that shows the superiority of man 
to the lower animals, and it may give one man 
success where the lack of it causes many others 
to fail. 

There is small encouragement in this 


world for the efforts of a man who is a 
failure rather than a success when he has 
reached or passed middle age. Let the grad- 
uate, then, be watchful to take advantage of 
circumstances, let him start with the idea that 
he will nol make a mistake and that obstacles 
however formidable must be overcome, and let 
him by persistent practice develop a strong 
will. Thus he may achieve success while he 
is yet young in years, and then — then in the 
fulness of his own strength and resources let 
him lend a helping hand for the good of the 
next generation of youth. rf\. ^. CJbcL/vWy 


June 1. Varnished the reading room 
floor and stairs in the new staircase. 

June 2. Graduate George Mayott visited 
the School. 

A book for the library, "The American 
Railway" received from Treasurer Arthur 

June 3. Sprayed the orchard the second 
time with Bordeaux mixture and Paris green. 

The following Managers visited the School;- 
Messrs. Melvin O. Adams. Alfred Bowditch, 
Charles T. Gallagher, Henry S. Grew, Walter 
Hunnewell and William S. Spaulding, also Mr. 
Theodore H. Tyndale and Mr. Henry P. King. 

June 4. Hall floor at farm house painted. 

June 5. Sunday. Rev. Robert Walke r 
spoke at 3 P. M. 

June 6. Rowboat Standish painted. 

The year's supply of coal came. 

June 7. Varnished the two bath rooms 
on the second floor, 

June 9. A new bridge leading to the 
upper floor of the stock barn finished. 

Miss Dora Williams and her science 
class from the Boston Normal School visited 

June 10. Finished spraying the orchard. 

A Herald reporter and artist here for 
material for the Boston Sunday Herald. 

June 11. Mrs. Bradley and the lady 

instructors by invitation of Mr. and Mrs. Richard 
Humphreys visited places of historical interest 
in Dorchester and were afterwards served with 
lunch at their home. 

June 13. Pinks for the graduating class 
received from Mrs. A. T. Brown. 

Platform for the graduation exercises built 
on the front lawn. 

Mr. George H. Martin, Secretary, State 
Board of Education, and Mr. Walter S. Parker, 
Supervisor of the schools of Boston, visited the 

June 14. Graduation exercises began at 
2.30 P. M. 

Grafton D. Gushing, Esq. addressed the 

Treasurer Arthur Adams and Manager I. 
Tucker Burr. Jr. and Mrs. Burr present, also 
graduates Henry Bassett, Merton P. Ellis, Her- 
bert W. French, Frederick Hill, Clarence W. 
Loud and John W. Robblee. 

Mr. Charles S. Hart, superintendent of the 
Massachusetts Reformatory, and Mrs. Hart and 
Dr. W. B. Bancroft were among the other 
visitors here. 

Frank S. Miley received the scholarship 
prize, a gold medal, from the Alumni Associa- 
tion, presented by Mr. Herbert W. French, 
treasurer of the association. 

The winners of the United States History 
prize given by Dr. F. E. Allard were: first, 
Herbert J. Phillips, $12; second, A. LeRoy 
Sawyer, $8; third, Harris H. Todd, $5. 

June 15. Mr. Amos W. Butler Sec'y 
State Board of Charities, Ind. and Mr. Fas- 
sett A. Cotton Sec'y State Board of Education 
of Ind. and Mr. Eugene E. York Supt. Plain- 
field Reformatory, Ind., visited the School. 
The Massachusetts Fire Insurance Union 
visited the School in company with Manager 
Thomas F. Temple who is President of the 

Matched teams from among the boys 
played baseball for a prize of five dollars given 
by Mr. Temple. Louis E. Mean's side won. 

June 16. Second Visiting Day. There 
were 196 present. 


Boys had the first salt water bath of the 

Graduates present were Henry Bassett 
Albert E. Gerry, George E. Hicks and JohnC. 

June 17. Half-holiday. 

June 18. Doors at the stock barn fitted 
with new trucks and tracks. 

June 20. Commenced haying. 

June 21. Six new cows came. 

New fire-proof safe came. 

WiNSLOW painted and varnished. 

June 23. ' Launched the WinsLOW. 

Picked the first green peas. 

The Lozier painted, varnished and 

Edward B. Taylor left the School to live 
with his uncle, Mr. Robert T. Lees, Westport, 

Manager Henry S. Grew visited the School 
accompanied by Mrs. Elisabeth R. Lyman, Miss 
Rosine Howard, Miss Bessie Sturgis Paine and 
Miss Marian Russell. 

June 24. Pilgrim towed a load of lum- 
ber from Freeport Street. 

June 25. Lawn seats varnished. 

Planted the last sweet corn. 

Trevore painted and varnished. 

A game of base ball between the grad- 
uates and School team in which the home team 
won by a score of 58 to 7. 

Graduates present were Edward L. Davis, 
Albert H. Ladd, John T. Lundquist, C. Alfred 
H. Malm, George G. Noren, Frank C. Simp- 
son and Samuel W. Weber. 

Manager Alfred Bowditch and graduate 
T. John Evans and Charles Evans visited the 

June 27. Front veranda at the Farm 
House painted. 

Manager Francis Shaw visited the 

June 28. Trevore launched and rigged. 
June 29. Set celery. 
Rowboat Brewster painted. 
June 30. Set late cabbage. 




Waxed the chapel floor. 
Sowed grass seed in the corn. 

Tdrm School Bank 

Cash on hand June 1st., 1904 
Deposited during the month. 

Withdrawn during the month, 
Cash on hand July 1st., 1904 


From the fifth class to the fourth 
Elmer Bowers William G. Manchester 

Weston Esau Earle Marshall 

James R. Gregory Charles F. Reynolds 
Alfred W. Jacobs Charles H. Whitney 

From the fourth class to the third 
Edward Capaul George A. Maguire 

Louis C. Darling Ralph H. Marshall 

Paul H. Gardner Philip S. May 

Robert W. Gregory Charles A. McEacheren 
Leonard S. Hayden Herbert M. Nelson 
Foster B. Hoye John F. Nelson 

Joseph Kalberg Leon H. Quinby 

Harry W. Lake Donald W. Roby 

Ervin G. Lindsey Claud W. Salisbury 

Thomas Maceda Samuel Weston 

C. Clifton Wright 

From the Third class to the second 
Allan H. Brown Matthew H. Paul 

Harry M. Chase Albert Probert 

John J. Emory Everett A. Rich 

Charles A, Graves William A. Reynolds 

Ralph P. Ingalls Horace P. Thrasher 

Joseph B. Keller William T. Walbert 

Thomas McCarragher Charles Warner 
Robert E. Miley Charles W. Watson 

From the second class to the first 
Warren H. Bryant Herbert J. Phillips 

Don C. Clark C. James Pratt 

William N. Dinsmore William E. Proctor 
William C. J. Frueh Albert L. Sawyer 
Louis P. Marchi Clarence Taylor 

George A. C. McKenzie Harris H. Todd 
Fred T. Upton 


Plaving Ball 

Among the many pleasures the boys haye 
is playing ball. There are a number of boys 
that play ball and so there are several nines 
organized. The first nine is the best the second 
next and so on. The second nine plays against 
the first nine most of the time and they have 
some interesting games. The first nine always 
plays against the city teams that visit us. The 
boys like to play against city teams. Most of 
the boys like playing ball. A short time ago 
two teams organized to play against each other. 
The first part of the game was not as exciting 
as the middle of it. when there were several inn- 
ings without either side getting a run. The 
score was 27 to 16. 

Carl L. Wittig. 

Uerntont nigHt 

A number of the instructors here are from 
Vermont and so one night Mr. Bradley had 
some of his friends come and we had a regular 
Vermont night. At the first part of the pro- 
gram some of the instructors spoke upon 
ditferent topics about Vermont. Miss Winslow 
spoke about the History; Miss Balch about the 
Geography; Mrs. Morrison about the Granite, 
Marble and Slate Quarries; Mr. Vaughan about 
the Maple Tree Products and Mrs. Vaughan 
gave several poems by Vermont writers. The 
choir sang special songs between the speeches. 
Pictures were then thrown on the screen, most of 
which were taken in or near Burlington. After 
that Mayor Boynton of Everett spoke to us. 
We all appreciated his talk thoroughly. We 
enjoyed the evening very much. 

Robert H. Bogue. 

Picking Up Stones 

In the morning when we go down to the 
farm I am generally sent to pick up 
stones. The first thing we do is to get our 
strips. Then we pick up stones and throw them 
quite a ways in front of us to a pile, then when 
we get up to that pile, we throw in front of us 
again and so on until we finish the rows. When 
the team is there we load it. Once in a while 
some one will find a relic. 

Charles A. McEacheren. 

Tixittd tbe Qardens 

For the last month or so the fellows have 
been busy making the soil of their gardens 
suitable for any plant to live in. They put ma- 
nure on them, broke up the lumps In the soil, 
picked out the stones and leveled the soil. 
After they have the gardens fixed, they wait un- 
til they receive seeds to plant. Then they plant 
them in some artistic arrangement. If they 
plant the seeds too thick when they come up 
they are thinned out. Most of the gardens are 
all prepared now, and some have blossoms. 
William E. Proctor. 

TH)e-cent Pics 

Mr. Henry W. Swift gave Mr. Bradley 
five dollars to spend for the boys" pleasure. Mr. 
Bradley told us about it one evening in the din- 
ing room and asked us to think of a way in which 
to spend the money and he would let us vote 
some other time. About a week after that we 
assembled in the chapel. After other business 
was finished he asked different ones to suggest 
a way of spending the money. There were a 
number of suggestions; peanuts, five cents for 
each fellow, a book about birds for the reading 
room, some music and a five-cent pie apiece. 
There were quite a few votes for peanuts and 
two or three for each of the next three, but a 
majority of votes were for pie. Mr. Bradley 
arranged for the pie. There were to be four 
kinds apple, mince, rhubarb and lemon. Over 
eighty boys chose lemon pie. 

Charles H. O'Conner. 

Scrubbing the Scow 

One morning I was told that a few other 
fellows and I were to scrub the scow. After 
we had the things for scrubbing, we started at 
the bow and worked toward the stern. One of 
us pulled the plug at the bottom of the scow to 
let some sea water in, then we used our brooms, 
brushes and sand and scrubbed it all over. 
After we finished the scrubbing, we turned the 
hose on and washed the sand off. It had to be 
scrubbed two or three times, but it is now 
finished and painted. 

Clarence Taylor. 



Mr. Henry Bassett '60, and hiswife visited 
the Scliool recently, the first time since he left 
in 1860. On leaving the School he went to his 
mother and attended the Brimmer school in 
Boston. He had a longing for the sea and his 
first experience was in a trip to Newfoundland 
Banks for three months. That was some time 
during the Rebellion, and the ship he was on 
came near being captured. On his return he 
shipped on a passenger steamer from Boston to 
New Orleans making two trips. He remained 
in the South until the end of the war, when his 
mother procured a situation for him in a 
machine shop in Warren, Mass. He re- 
mained two years at Warren when he got the 
western fever and shipped as a seaman on 
Glidden and Williams' liner from Boston to 
San Francisco. It took 163 days to make the 

He worked in the mines of California for 
some time where his uncle had charge. Later 
he was second mate of a coaster ' ' Clara Light." 
Then he opened a drug and variety store 
in a mining camp in Calaveras Co. Cal., 
which he ran for about three years, then became 
steward of a hospital in the same locality. He 
married in 1883 but his wife died when his only 
child was an infant. He married his present 
wife five years ago and has for several years 
been engaged in the real estate business at Long 
Beach, Cal. His address is Long Beach, Cal. 

Charles Grimes, '83, visited here on 
the Fourth of July. On leaving the School he 
went to work for S. A. Wood Machine Com- 
pany, where he remained for three years, then 
went to work on the Boston & Maine Railroad, 
Fitchburg Division, where he has been for the 
past nineteen years. He is married and lives 
at 208 Washington Street, Somerville. 


One of the things you learn to do when you 
get in the office is to typewrite. 'We have a 
Remington typewriter. The key-board has four 
rows of keys. The top row of keys has the 
numbers from two to nine. On the key marked 
Number 2 there is a ditto mark and so on through 

the top row. At the end of the top row and at 
the beginning of the bottom row, there is a key 
marked Upper Case. This key is to make 
capital letters, periods, question marks, colons, 
ditto marks, dashes, parentheses, dollar signs, 
percent signs, sharps and signs for "And so 
forth." Below the lower row of keys there is a 
board, about seven inches long and one-half an 
inch wide which is called a space bar. The 
space bar is connected by a wire arm. and a 
wire to a piece of steel with ratchets on the top 
of it. These ratchets are in the back of the 
typewriter. When you press this bar it loosens 
one ratchet and the paper holder goes ahead 
one space. 1 typewrite South Boston Yacht 
Club envelopes, some of the Beacon wrappers 
and such things. 

A. LeRoy Sawyer. 

Pasiinc) lHusic in the Band Books 

A short time ago, as it was nearing Visiting 
Day, there was some music to be pasted in the 
band books, which Mr. Brenton had brought 
down on a previous visit. Chester Welch 
pasted in all the bass parts and 1 pasted in the 
treble parts. James Edson sorted the different 
parts as we called for them and untied all the 
strings, so that Chester and 1 would not have 
to bother with that. We pasted in three 
different pieces and also put in new strings 
where they were needed. When this was all 
done, the books were ready for use and were 
taken back to the music cupboard and put in 
their proper places. 

Barney Hill. 

B Bird's Kcst 

There was a bird's nest up in the gardens. 
It had five eggs in it. The mother was intending 
to hatch the eggs, but Tapsy, the shop cat, ate 
the eggs up so the mother bird did not hatch 
them. The morning of 'Visiting Day, McKay was 
in the gardens looking around when he saw Tapsy 
at the bird's nest. He knew that Tapsy ate the 
eggs because they were gone and he was 
waiting by the nest for the bird to come so he 
could catch her and eat her. 

Ervin G. Lindsey. 




Vol. 8. No. 4. 

Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 

August, 1904. 

Entered No'/emb=r 23, 1903, at Boston. Mass.: as Second-class matter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 

Tourtb of 3Hiy Celebration 

Fourth of July is one of the legal holidays 
of the year to which the boys always look 

It is and has been the custom of the 
School to open the celebration of the day 
by the flag raising and salute at sunrise. The 
next item on the program was breakfast. As 
each boy entered the dining room he saw at his 
place a program printed on a paper napkin, 
also a small silk flag stuck perpendicularly into a 
biscuit. The boys had not been in the room a 
great while before Mr. Bradley stepped in with 
a basketful of peanuts. He told us that the 
peanuts were from Dr. Bancroft. After the 
peanuts were distributed a hearty three cheers 
were given for Dr. Bancroft, another for Mr. 
Bradley also Mrs. Bradley for the fine biscuits, 
three cheers for Fourth of July and three cheers 
for the American flag. 

After breakfast came the parade of horri- 
bles. This was of short duration and was 
quite interesting. At eight o'clock supplies 
were distributed to the boys in chapel. Recre- 
ation then followed for about an hour and a 
half after which began the sports and races on 
the playgrounds. These consisted of many 
interesting occurrences, such as the obstacle 
race, the crab and sack race and so on. 

At the close of the morning exercises a 
few balloons were sent up which most everyone 
tried to follow. At twelve o'clock a salute was 
fired after which dinner was served. 

The afternoon races were opened on the 
beach road at about half past one. The barrel 
race which came first seemed very interesting, 
as there were but a few who could steer their 

barrels straight, the rest pushed them from 
one side of the road to the other. After a few 
running races, at the close of which came the 
mile run, the races in the water occurred. 

The first of these was the miniature yacht 
race. It took but a short time for the finish of 
this race, after which came the swimming races. 
These were interesting as were the follov/ing 
races. The last of the afternoon exercises was 
the endeavor to get a flag which was stuck in 
the end of a greased spar over the water. 
There were about twenty boys who entered this 
sport, which is always an interesting sight, as 
some would get within five or six feet from 
the end and slip off. There were but three 
boys who succeeded in getting a flag. This 
concluded the afternoon exercises. Then 
came supper. 

Shortly after supper a band concert was 
given during which a few more balloons were 
sent up. At sunset the flag lowering and 
salute were given. Meanwhile the band played 
"The Star Spangled Banner" which opened the 
evening for fireworks. 

There were different varieties of fireworks 
all of which made a grand sight. After the 
fireworks had been used up came the "Bom- 
bardment of Port Arthur." This is a very 
pretty sight when looked at from a distance. 
Cotton balls soaked in turpentine were the shot 
that were used. The sides were chosen accord- 
ing to numbers. Every boy has a number. The 
boys with odd numbers took the upper side 
of the grounds and the boys with even numbers 
took the lower side. As the balls were lit they 
were thrown into the centre of the field. Then 
began the bombardment, the principal object of 


which was to keep the balls on the opponent's 
side. There were about one hundred and 
thirty balls on the field. The battle lasted until 
all the balls had been used up. It took nearly 
an hour for the battle. It was then getting late 
and almost every one was tired after the day's 
sports so every one of the boys felt happy when 
the last call on the program came which was 

The day was spent very happily and, as 
has always been the good fortune of our 
School, no accidents happened. 

Chester F. Welch. 

Tourtft Of 3ttly 

The program with the names of the win- 
ners in order.was as follows : 

4.12 A. M. Flag Raising and Salute. 


7.30 Parade of Horribles 

8.00 Distribution of Supplies 

9.30 Sports and Races on the Play- 
Standing Broad Jump, Clark, Welch. Weston. 
Running Broad Jump, B. Quinby, Clifford, 

Putting the Shot, Means, Blatchford, Leighton. 
Three- Legged Race, Chase and Probert, C. 
O'Conner and Pratt, H. Hinckley and Norwood. 
Sack Race, Salisbury, A. Jacobs, P. May. 
Crab Race, Wright, Clifford, Salisbury. 
Egg Race, Watson, W. Reynolds, G. Beetchy. 
Obstacle Race, Proctor, W. Frueh. 
Backward Race, Todd, Ingalls, Dinsmore. 
11.30 DINNER 
12.00 Salute 

1.30 P. M. Races on the Beach Road 
Barrel Race, Wittig, Hill, Walbert. 
Wheelbarrow Race. Welch, A. Graves, Lake. 
Hundred Yard Dash over 14, Clark, Means, 

Hundred Yard Dash under 14, Maguire, Wiley. 
R. May. 

Handicap Race, Means, Todd, Watson. 
Mile Race, Anderson, Burke, H. Hinckley. 
3.30 Aquatic Sports by the Landing 
Miniature Yacht Race, Walker, Means and 

Swimming Race under 14, Maguire, Proctor, 

Swimming Race over 14, Probert, Chase, 
Following the Leader, H. Hinckley, Pratt, 

Greasy Spar over the Water, Blatchford. 

Leighton, Probert. 
5.30 SUPPER 

On the Playground 
6.30 Band Concert 
7.24 Salute and Flag-Lowering 
8.00 Fireworks 

9.00 Bombardment of Port Arthur 
10.00 TAPS. 

UlorR After the Tcurtb 

On the Fourth of July there is a good deal 
of fire cracker paper left on the playgrounds. 
So the next day a number of boys are sent to 
pick it up. A few get the blue cart to put the 
paper into. It is rather easy to get the larger 
pieces up, but hard to get the rest, because 
they are scattered around. When our time for 
working is over we empty the cart over the bank. 

Herbert J. Phillips. 

Jin Tnterestittd Game 

A short time ago Mr. Vaughan took our 
senior baseball nine and a few other boys over 
to Boston to see a game between the 
Boston and Cleveland teams. We were in 
plenty of time to get good seats under cover. 
Before the game commenced the players of 
the different teairis came out and practiced. 
This was very interesting because balls were 
kept in the air most of the time. The game 
was very exciting, and especially so to us boys 
who had never seen one before. There was 
some good playing on both sides and some of the 
stops and catches were really wonderful. One 
home run was made by each side. The score 
was thirteen to three in favor of the Boston 

Don C. Clark. 



making a Steamboat 

Another boy and 1 made a boat. It is five 
feet long, six inches wide and nine inches 
deep. It is made of soft pine plank glued 
and screwed and dowelled together. We 
cut out a piece inside, so that we would 
not have much work when we got the 
plank glued together. She has a torpedo stern 
and no keel. The cabin is about an inch and 
one-half high and the pilot house about two 
inches high. It is all soft pine and there are 
round holes in the sides and around the pilot 
house for windows. It has two stacks, one is 
for looks and the other is the boiler stack. It 
has a skylight aft of the stacks. The stacks 
are screwed on to the cabin, which is painted 
red with black stripes along the edge of the 
cabin and around the windows. The boat is 
steered from the top of the cabin by a lever. 
It has a brass rudder and skeag. The rudder 
comes up through a tube set in white lead. An 
arm is screwed on top of the rudder post with a 
check nut on top. The tiller ropes are tied 
on to this arm and go up the sides through screw 
eyes and connect with the steering lever. The 
boiler is made of brass and is twelve inches 
long. We took a piece of three-inch pipe and 
turned it down to a sixteenth of an inch but left 
a flange on each end, so we could screw the 
heads on. Near one end we drilled a hole and 
tapped it for a short piece of one-inch pipe for 
a dome. It stuck up an inch and we put a head 
on it with set screws, like the other heads. We 
tapped a hole in the dome head and put in a 
plug so we could fill the boiler with water. On 
the side of the dome we tapped and screwed in a 
pet cock for a valve. We made two water 
'cocks and used a machine screw for a steam 
valve. We used one-eighth inch tubing for the 
main steam pipe, bending into a goose neck. We 
made a flange joint for the steam pipe with 
three screws in the flange. We made copper 
casing for the boiler to set up and a door at 
one. end for draft. The water cocks are out- 
side the casing and the dome sticks up through 
the casing while there is another hole at the 
forward end for draft. One end of the boiler 

is held up by the steam pipe and the other by 
a brass rod. The boiler is heated by alcohol 
stored in a tank in the bow. The tank is a round 
tin can ; soldered into one end is a pipe 
which runs down in under the boiler with a 
cap on the end. It has four holes in it for 
wicks. A short piece of pipe is in the top with 
a cap on top to fill the tank with. We put a 
piece of waste in the pipe, so the alcohol would 
not flow too fast. The engine is a two cylinder, 
vertical, oscillating engine with two shafts. The 
shafts are geared together so as to obtain a 
uniform speed. We put in the stern tubes with 
stuffing boxes on the outside. We set the tubes 
in white lead and glue. When we got the engine 
set up we connected up the steam pipe and got 
up steam. The boiler made steam fast and 
the engine turned over pretty fast. It ran about 
four hundred revolutions per minute. We let 
the steam go down and she made steam in 
twenty seconds. The propellers are brass, two 
bladed. There are two bilges, one lined with 
copper. The boat is painted lead with red 
and black deck. The boiler casing and lamp 
are painted with asbestos. 

Fred L. Walker. 


One of the sports looked forward to now is 
swimming. Most of the fellows can swim and 
those who can not are learning quite fast. 
A spring board has been fastened on to a 
float which came from the south end of our 
Island, and it has been placed between the wharf 
and the dolphin. The fellows have much 
fun on it. It is hard to take a good dive from 
the spring board and the fellows laugh at each 
other when they dive. The fellows try different 
feats such as swimming under water a long 
distance and diving to pick up mud or some- 
thing else ; taking backward dives, coming up 
feet first, taking running dives, turning somer- 
saults and sometimes at high tide diving off the 
roof of the boat house. There is a rowboat 
with us all the time we are in swimming. The 
first grade goes in every good day, the first two 
on Tuesdays and Thursdays and three grades 
on Saturdays. V/illiam C. J. Frueh. 


CI)Oiiip$on'$ l$\mi Beacon 

Published Monthly by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 4 

August, 1904. 

Subscription Price - 




Richard M. Saltonstall. 


Alfred Bowditch. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin 0. Adams, 

I. Tucker Burr, Jr., 
Charles P. Curtis, Jr.. 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Henry S. Grew, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Franc'S Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H: Bradley, 


"Obedience is the first duty of a soldier." 
Not only is this his first duty, but his duty all 
through his career. Without a strict exaction 
of obedience, the army of any country would 
become a rabble. There can be but one 
Commander-in-Chief and to him all must yield 
unquestioning obedience. It is only thus, that 
discipline can be maintained and such a huge 
organization, like the army, be kept at a high 

state of efficiency. 

This is true not only of the army but of all 
organizations and institutions. Without obe- 
dience, this world would be a sad place to live in. 
Every living creature must obey the laws of 
nature or suffer. Every member of an organiza- 
tion or institution, must likewise learn to obey 
the written or unwritten laws and customs to 
which he is subject, or suffer. 

Youth is the time at which to learn the 
lesson of prompt obedience; obedience to 
parents, to the laws of the country and to its 
officers, obedience to teachers and instructors. 
We can never become true and loyal citizens 
without this fundamental virtue. 

At times it may seem as if we could do 
better ourselves, were we allowed to do as we 
pleased and not be bound to obey. We must 
never forget that those who are placed over us 
are people of mere mature and sound judgment 
than we. Furthermore, they are in possession 
of more knowledge and are thus able to judge 
as to what is best for the good of all concerned. 

So, however distasteful and unpleasant it 
may be for us to obey, we must, for the sake of 
order and peace, do so. It is by implicit and 
immediate obedience, that such glorious deeds 
as the charge of Roosevelt's Rough Riders up 
San Juan Hill and of the Light Brigade at 
Balaclava were made possible. 
"Their's not to make reply, 
Their's not to reason why, 

Their's but to do and die," 
must be the watchword of all who wish to 
succeed in life and achieve greatness. He who 
learns to obey well, will be able to command 



^\ > [X . RxxJuL 

July 1, Joseph E. K. Robblee left the 
School to work for Mr. J. E. Chadwick of 
Edgartown, Mass. 


Elmer A. Johnson left the School to live 
with his mother and attend high school. 

Entries made this evening for the Fourth 
of July races. 

William Flynn left the School to work for 
his brother-in-law, Henry Robinson, 1 1 Prov- 
ince Street, Boston. 

July 4. Independence Day. 

Usual program of races, sports, music and 

July 5. The citizens of Cottage Row 
held their regular quarterly election of officers, 
which resulted as follows: — Mayor, Allan H. 
Brown; Aldermen, Horace P. Thrasher, Wil- 
liam N. Dinsmore, A. Leroy Sawyer, John J. 
Emory and Everett A. Rich ; Assessor, Ralph 
P. Ingalls; Treasurer, Charles W, Watson. 
The Mayor appointed as Chief of Police, War- 
ren H. Bryant; Clerk, Albert W. Hinckley; 
Street Commissioner, Paul H. Gardner; Li- 
brarian, William E. Proctor; Janitor, Alfred W. 
Jacobs. The Chief of Police appointed as his 
patrolmen, Don C. Clark, Charles H.O'Conner, 
Albert Probert, Leslie W. Graves and Samuel 

July 6. Finished hay rack for single 

Howard L. Hinckley left the School to 
work as an apprentice for the Sturtevant Blower 
Works at Readville. 

July 7. Charles A. Blatchford left the 
School to workfor Norris Brothers of Dorchester. 

July 8. Bakery painted. 

July 9. Picked first string beans. 

Finished a wardrobe for one of the in- 
structors' rooms. 

July 10. Long distance telephone chang- 
ed to common battery system. 

July 11. A squad of boys with an in- 
structor went to Franklin Park for a trolley 
ride. The boys are divided into four squads 
and all are to have this ride. 

July 12. Finished repairs on an old float 
for the swimmers to use. 

July 13. Second squad of boys went for 
a trolley ride. 

Varnished staircase to second schoolroom. 

July 14. Roland Tyler left the School 
for New Hampshire where he will enter an 
academy this fall. 

Third squad of boys went for a trolley ride. 

Finished patching the shingles on the 
stockbarn roof. 

July 15. Third Visiting Day. There 
were 245 present. 

Graduate Frederic F. Burchsted was here. 

July 16. George L Leighton left the 
School to live with his mother in East Wey- 

Mr. Vaughan and a squad of boys attended 
a ball game between the Boston and Cleveland 

July 18. Summer term of school began. 

Prof. F. A. Waugh, State Horticulturist 
from the State Agricultural College, Amherst, 
Mass., visited the School. 

July 19. Spencer S. Profit entered the 

Samuel Weston left the School to work 
for Mr. C. M. Sawyer, market gardener, Berlin, 

Ten copies of the Illustrated London News 
received from Mrs. John Q. Adams. 

July 21. Graduate William G. Cum- 
mings visited the School. 

July 22. Finished haying. 

Fourth squad and remaining boys who had 
not had a trolley ride went for one this morning. 

July 23. Movable rack finished for the 
utensils in bakery. 

July 24. Finished a bookcase. 

July 25. Mr. Rath commenced physical 
drill for the boys. 

July 26. Graduate Walter B. Foster and 
his friend Judge George W. Kelley of Rock- 
land visited the School. 

July 27. Repaired south float. 

Pilgrim towed a load of dressing from 

July 28. Boys' washroom painted. 

Made a table for the instructors' bathroom. 

Manager Francis Shaw visited the School; 


also Col. Joseph F. Scott, Superintendent of N. 
Y. State Reformatory, Elmira. New York. 

July 30. New gang plank finished for 
the south float. 

Tarm ScDool Bank 

Cash on hand July 1st., 1904 
Deposited during the month, 

Withdrawn during the month, 
Cash on hand August 1st., 1904 




Conduct Prizes 

The semi-annual award of the Shaw Prizes, 
the Temple Consolation Prizes and Honorable 
Mention for the first half of the year is given 
below. The award of these prizes is based 
upon our grade system of marking. The visit- 
ing friends had the pleasure of witnessing the 
presentation which took place on the lawn 
directly after their arrival on July 15th. 
Shaw Prizes 

I, Charles W. Russell 2, Clarence DeMar 
3, Samuel Weston 4, 1. Banks Quinby 
5, Clarence Taylor 6, A. Leroy Sawyer 
7, Foster B. Hoye 8, William E. Proctor 
9, Barney Hill 10, Horace P. Thrasher 

Temple Consolation Prizes ' , 

I I, Fred T. Upton 12, Joseph B. Keller 
13, Leslie W. Graves 14, George 1. Leighton 

15, Robert McKay 
Honorable Mention 
16, Harry M. Chase 17, Everett A. Rich 
18. John F. Nelson 19, George F. Burke 
20, Frank S. Miley 

School €la$$c$ 

The membership of the classes for the 
coming year of school is as follows: — 

first class 
Warren H. Bryant Herbert J. Phillips 

Don C. Clark C. James Pratt 

William N. Dinsmore William E. Proctor 
William C. J. Frueh A. Leroy Sawyer 
Leslie R, Jones Clarence Taylor 

Louis P. Marchi Harris H. Todd 

George A. C. McKenzie Fred T Upton 


Ralph O. Anderson Robert E. Miley 

Raymond E. Atwcod C. Ernest Nichols 

Allan H. Brown Matthew H. Paul 

Harry M. Chase Albert Probert 

Herbert A. Dierkes Everett A. Rich 

John J. Emory William A. Reynolds 

Charles A. Graves Horace P. Thrasher 

Ralph P. Ingalls William T. Walbert 

Joseph B. Keller Frederick L. Walker 
Thomas McCarragher Charles Warner 
Charles W. Watson 

third CLASS 

Thomas Carnes George A. Maguire 

Edward Capaul Ralph H. Marshall 

James Clifford Philip S. May 

Louis C. Darling Charles A. McEacheren 

Paul H. Gardner John F. Nelson 

Robert W. Gregory J. Herbert M. Nelson 

Leonard S. Hayden Alfred H. Neumann 

Foster B. Hoye William F. O'Conner 

Ernest N. Jorgensen Everiste T. Porche 

Joseph Kalberg Leon H. Quinby 

Harry W. Lake Donald W. Roby 

Ervin G. Lindsey Claud W. Salisbury 

Thomas Maceda Frederick J. Wilson 
C. Clifton Wright 


Elmer Bowers William G. Manchester 

Van R. Brown Earle C. Marshall 

Weston Esau Charles F. Reynolds 

James R. Gregory Charles H. Whitney 

Alfred W. Jacobs G. Percy Wiley 

Robert H. May Spencer S. Profit 


Albert S. Beetchy J. Percival Embree 

Henry G. Eckman Harold Y. Jacobs 

Clarence S. Nelson 

Critnmitid Cms 

One afternoon before school, I went down 
to the grove to saw the dead branches from 
the trees. I was shown hov/ to do this. If a 
branch had just a fev/ leaves on, 1 let it stay. 
In doing this work you make the trees look 
better. We cleared about four trees, then it 
was time to go to school. 

Ralph P. Ingalls. 


aettittd l)ay for £attie 

About the beginning of last month Mr. 
Vaughan cut hay for the cattle. He used a 
mowing machine. After he had cut a good 
deal, a number of boys were told to get some 
forks and rakes. Then we went to the field 
back of the hall and began tumbling up the hay 
for tiie two-horse hay rack. I got some rakes 
and then went and got Dan harnessed in the 
dump-cart and got some hay for the cows. I 
built the load while other fellows raked and 
passed forkfuls up to me. 1 like to take a team 
and get in hay. 

Joseph B. Keller. 

£leanind tbc Boat l)ou$c 

The boat house gets dirty quite often, so 
the steamer boys clean it. The ropes are 
generally tangled and sometimes unravelled at 
the ends, so they have to be whipped. The lines 
belonging to the scow and other small sized lines 
are hung on the side of the boat house. Large 
cables and chains are kept in one corner and 
anchors in another corner. These have to be 
moved. Then we begin at the back of the 
boat house and sweep right along down to the 
front, where we make a pile of the dust. The 
pile is taken away, things put straight and the 
door is locked. Clarence Taylor 


In both the large dormitories there are 
four and one-half feet of wainscotting. In the 
west dormitory the wainscotting is natural grain 
but in the east dormitory it is false grain. 
After finishing the painting, we had to do some 
graining on the wainscotting in the east dormi- 
tory. The first thing we did was to putty up all 
the cracks and holes. Then we put on a prime or 
first coat. After this was done, we puttied 
up all the holes that we left the first 
time and put on two more coats of paint. 
When this was dry, it was ready for the stain. 
To put this on we had to be very careful to rub 
it out even so as not to leave any streaks on 
the work. When the stain had been on fifteen 
or twenty minutes, it was ready to be grained. 
This was done by combs or a piece of cloth 
over the finger. Foster B. Hoye. 

Cbe Gardens 

Every boy in the School has the privilege 
of having a garden. We want one so we can 
have some blossoms. In the spring the boys 
have to first put on some dressing. The soil 
is then spaded and raked. It is now ready for 
the seeds. The School furnishes all the boys 
with the seeds they want. Sometimes we get 
extra seeds from our friends. During the 
summer the boys water and take care of their 
gardens. There are two different prizesaward- 
ed for the best gardens. They are the Burtt 
Garden Prize and the Grew Garden Prize. Mr. 
Burtt allows the boys to vote for the best gardens 
at the end of each week. The boy who has the 
largest number of votes gets first prize. The 
boy having the second largest number gets second 
prize and so on. There are five prizes. In the 
Grew Garden Prize the instructors are the judges 
of the gardens. There are five of these prizes 
also. I received a prize for my garden last year 
and I am trying for one this year. 

Charles W. Watson. 

Cauncb Riac 

One day some fellows and I had to clean 
up the launch, that is, shine the brass, wash the 
deck and floor, etc. After we got this done we 
waited a while till Mr. Bradley came to see if 
there was anything else to do. When he came 
he said nothing, but asked us if we would like to 
go across. Of course we went. He started the 
engine while the steamer engineer steered. 
We landed at the Point and did some errands, 
then rode around and landed again in a different 
place to get some freight and passengers. 
When this was done we came back to the 
Island, enjoying the ride very much. We all 
thanked Mr. Bradley for the ride. 

Leslie R. Jones. 

l)oeing Corn 

When the work was changed I was told to 
work on the farm. A part of our work was 
hoeing corn. Mr. Ferguson told us to first get 
out all the weeds at the ends of the rows and 
then start in hoeing. It was ten o'clock when we 
began. By the time the bell rang we had each 
done one row and a half. Robert E. Miley. 



Walter B. Foster, 78, visited the 
School on July 26. After leaving the School 
he worked on a farm for a year. He left this 
to learn the carpenter's trade at which he 
worked for some ten years. He then became 
interested in Civil Engineering and took employ- 
ment with a firm with whom he stayed for a 
period of four years. He has been in this busi- 
ness for himself for the past ten years and is 
doing well. He has lived in Hingham since 
leaving the School. 

Mr. Foster says, that if a boy does his best 
and what is right, he is bound to succeed. 

Getting a J\m from south €nd 

One morning, during our vacation, all of 
the boys who were to have their time were 
called together to go over to the south end and 
push a float off the beach. When we saw the 
float we thought we would have to use horses 
and rollers. After a time, Mr. Morrison told us 
to take a plank and put it under one end and 
begin to pry it towards the water. In the 
course of time this started it and in half an 
hour it was floating. Another fellow and I 
pushed it along the shore until the steamer 
came and took it In tow. We had a good ride 
around to the wharf. The float is now used by 
the bathers. We all enjoy it very much. 

Harry M. Chase. 

Sprouting Potatoes 

Some of us went over to the root-cellar, 
while one boy went over to the barn with 
a bushel basket and some bags. We were 
told to break off the sprouts that had 
grown from the eyes of the potatoes and as 
soon as we had filled a bushel basket we 
emptied it into a bag. We each had a basket. 
We would rub our hands all over the potatoes 
to break off the sprouts and then put them in 
the basket. We sprouted twelve bushels in 
the morning. We worked for five days till we 
had sprouted all there were in the bin or about 
seventy bushels. 

Fred T. Upton. 

earaen (Uork 

One evening Mrs. Bradley asked five boys 
if they would like to help her fix some of the 
School gardens. Some boys got the gardens 
stoned and ready for the plants. First hyd- 
rangia was planted and I watered them. 
After that was done the boys started to trans- 
plant pinks. We then planted candytuft, 
calendulas and asters. When we had finished, 
it was quite dark. Then Mrs. Bradley asked us 
to wait while she went into the store-room. 
Pretty soon she came out with two bags of 
cookies which she divided among us. 

A. Leroy Sawyer. 

Crimmind the l^edgc 

Every year the hedge which grows near the 
gardens has to be trimmed. The new growth 
does not look well at first. The two or three 
boys that trim the hedge get two large horses 
and put a plank across them. Then the boy who 
clips the hedge gets up on that plank and 
begins cutting as far as he can reach. He can 
not reach to trim the hedge on top so two 
ladders are put up, one on one side and one on 
the other. They let them lean over so as to tie 
the tops together. Then two boys can work. 
In this way the top can be reached and easily 

John J. Emory. 

€lam Bakes 

One afternoon we were told that we might 
have clam bakes on and around the beach. 
We took a clam digger, a bushel box and went 
digging for clams. We found the best ones 
east of the farm house. Between four or five 
of us we could dig a bushel in a few minutes. 
When we were ready we invited other fellows 
to join the feast. Some fellows have playtime in 
the morning, others in the afternoon. The tide 
would be high in the morning one week so the 
morning fellows could not go clamming. The 
next week the tide would be high in the after- 
noon so that the afternoon fellows couldn't go. 
Vacation is over now and we have no more 
clam bakes because we have to go to school. 
Thomas G. McCarragher. 



VjI. 8. No. 5. 


Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 

September, 1904. 

Entered November 23, 1903, at Boston. Mass., as Second-class matter, under Act of Congress of July 16, 1894. 

Uisitiitd Day 

Visiting Day is the day that the boys al- 
ways look forward to. When the first Visiting 
Day is announced by Mr. Bradley in the chapel, 
there is great rejoicing among the boys. Then 
we march up to the table where four of the 
instructors are seated with pen and ink and a 
bunch of Visiting Day cards. The boys give 
the addresses of the persons to whom they wish 
cards sent, after the addresses are all written 
the cards are mailed, and it is all the boys can do 
to wait for the day to come. At last Visit- 
ing Day arrives. The boys are dressed in 
their uniform suits and are in line with the 
band at the head. We then march down to 
the wharf and wait for the Nantasket Steamer 
to arrive with our friends. As the steamer 
nears the wharf the band plays apiece of greet- 
ing. When the friends areall off, the boys 
face around and the band plays a march. Some- 
times we march up to the lawn in front of the 
house, sometimes to the gravel in front of the 
gardens and our friends follow behind. The 
band plays one or two pieces, then Mr. Bradley 
makes a few remarks and announces the next 
Visiting Day. Whenever any of our Managers 
are here they speak to us. We then break 
ranks and run and meet our friends. We sit 
around on the lawn and eat our luncheon. 
After lunch is over we show our friends around 
the house, shop, cottages, gardens and gymna- 
sium. The time passes rapidly away and when 
we are least expecting it the bell rings, to warn 
our friends it is time to go down to the wharf. 
We escort them down and soon the boat arrives 
and all are on board. Then three cheers are 
given and are returned by the boat's whistle. 

We march up to the house and change our 
suits and deposit what m.oney we have receiv- 
ed and put the bundles, that we have left us in our 
drawers. Then we go down and play around 
until it is time for supper. Thus Visiting Day 
passes away. 

William N. Dinsmore. 

Cbe monkeys 

The monkeys are the funniest among our 
pets. Among our ancestors the monkey is 
said to be the nearest. They are about nine 
inches tall when on all fours, and have a tail 
about one foot long. The stomach and chest 
are nearly white, while the back, head and tail 
are brown. Their ears, feet, finger nails, toe 
nails and teeth are almost exactly like a 
human being's. Their faces have the appear- 
ance of men, having no hair excepting the side- 
boards on the face. Watching the monkeys 
at their play you can learn some of their 
characteristics, such as being quick, for ex- 
ample when they are chasing each other- one 
will stand on a cross stick in the cage, and the 
other one will jump for the one on the cross 
stick but he is too quick and lets the other one 
fall on the floor. They are also very sure foot- 
ed. Sometimes they will be on a swing and 
will jump on to the other side of the cage with- 
out falling. Their cage is situated in the rear 
of the main building. It is quite a large cage 
having a small room partitioned off from the 
cage at each end. In the middle of the cage 
there is a rope hanging down for the monkeys 
to climb up on. Each morning the poultry- 
house fellow gets apples, corn and milk. 
As soon as the food is put in the cage one of them 
will take up apiece of corn, and if he doesn't 


like it will throw it at the other monkey. 
Then when they want a drink of milk they 
will put their whole head in the cup and 
drink. Sometimes the fellows will put pieces 
of apples in through a hole in the cage and 
the monkeys will come down and take them. 
During their meal hours they will chase each 
other and play together till they get almost tired 
out. The best sport they have is playing on 
swings and climbing up the rope. 

Louis P. Marchi. 

Cl)c K^ccoon 

One evening as we came out from supper 
we saw a box near the squirrel's cage. We 
did not know what was in it. When Mr. Brad- 
ley came out he sent four boys after the cage 
"Stubs," the monkey, used to have. When 
the cage came Mr. Bradley opened a part of 
the box and tried to shake something out ; we 
then saw that he had a raccoon. The rac- 
coon did not want to come out. Mr. Bradley 
shook the raccoon out, after he had taken an- 
other board off. When he came out he climbed 
up on the wire to the top of the cage and stayed 
there until we went to bed. If a fellow put his 
finger near him he would snarl and growl. The 
next day he was put in the grove. When our 
eagle came he was put in the raccoon's cage 
and the raccoon was put in with the monkeys. 
While they were trying to put him into the 
monkeys cage he got out of his cage, but Rob- 
ert McKay put a coat over him and put him 
into the cage. As soon as he got in there he 
climbed up to the top and stayed there. When 
the monkeys saw him they cuddled up together 
in a corner. In two or three days the monkeys 
got so they would go into the closet where he 
was. One time one of the monkeys boxed him 
on the nose, and when the monkey went near 
enough to him the raccoon grabbed him by the 
hair on his back, while the monkey screamed 
and chattered as loud as he could. As the 
monkeys did not get along very well with the 
raccoon he was put in another cage where he is 
now. The raccoon is about two feet long. 
His legs are short and stubby, his nose is pointed 

and long and his head is small. His hair is of 
a grayish black color. He is fed on bread and 
milk and meat. 

A. Leroy Sawyer. 

Ulork around the Gardens 

One day three other boys and I had to 
work around the gardens. We took a hoe 
apiece and began making piles with the rubbish 
we found. We began in the largest path first, 
and when we got it done, we hoed around the 
School's gardens, and then the boy's gardens. 
When we were through hoeing we weeded one 
of the School's garden and then collected the 
dirt and weeds in waste barrels and dumped 
them over the bank. 

J. Herbert M. Nelson. 

Spider 1)untind 

One Saturday afternoon, Roy Sawyer and 
I went spider hunting. We went along the bank 
and did not find any at first. When we went 
quite a way, we found a few. We went in ditch- 
es and got some there. We got twenty in all. 
They call them silvers. We found big and little 
ones. After a while we got tired of looking for 
them so we went up to our gardens. Roy 
Sawyer had his first pick. I do not know how 
many we got apiece. I feed mine every day on 
crickets and grasshoppers. 

Earle C. Marshall. 

Sweeping Cobwebs 

The other day I was told to sweep cobwebs 
in the barn. It was not an easy job for the 
dust would fall in your eyes. After I hadfinish- 
ed sweeping webs in the hay lofts I went down 
to the short room. Next, I wentto the basement 
and swept the floor and made it look as well as 
possible. When it was time to go up to the 
house Mr. McLeod told me it looked very well. 
He often sends me to sweep. 

Clarence S. Nelson. 

"Hope for the best, prepare for the worst 
and take what comes." 



Cbe Cozier DuncI) 

Within the last year there has been a 
launch brought here belonging to Mr. Bradley. 
it was made by the Lozier Launch Company 
at Plattsburg. New York. The launch is one 
of the common stock launches called a twenty- 
five footer though it is nearer twenty-six feet. 
It has about five foot beam and draws about 
twenty inches of water. The hull is enameled 
white above the water line, green, below. The 
deck, fender streaks, coaming and staving are 
quartered oak rubbed down to a finish. She has 
a wooden bitt at either end and polished brass 
chocks and flag-staff stantions. A navy hood 
protects the passengers from spray. Lockers 
are along the sides for keeping things. The 
seats have cork cushions with a layer of hair on 
top and covered with corduroy. The sides of 
the lockers are staved in quartered oak. 
There are two brass steering wheels, one forward 
and one alongside the motor. The engine is a 
five horse power, two cycle motor. A two 
cycle engine is one which receives an explosion 
at each revolution of the engine. ' The gasoline 
tank is in the bow and holds a barrel. It is 
in a water tight bulkhead, so there is no danger 
of gasoline getting into the boat where it could 
get a fire. The gasoline pipe runs along the 
outside of the boat. The engine is cooled by 
water from a rotary pump driven by a chain from 
the shaft. It has a dynamo and two sets of 
dry batteries. The exhaust is under water and no 
noise is heard except the snapping of the igniter 
or an explosion as the exhaust port happens to 
come above water. She has reversible propelier 
blades which stop the boat within its length. 
There are two flags, Union Jack and American 
flag. Frederick L. Walker. 

B Bakery Rack 

Recently a new rack has been made for 
the bakery to keep bread tins on. This rack 
is made of hard pine. It is six feet long and 
twent-yone inches wide. Apiece of pine six 
feet high is at the back of the rack. This joins 
a front post which is about seventeen inches 
away from it and about three feet high. These 
two pieces are joined together by a piece two by 

two inches. About thirty inches from the floor, 
an upright piece is set into this crossway piece 
by a mortise and tenon joint, running parallel 
to the back post and the top of it just the same 
height from the floor. These two ends are put 
together by strips of wood six feet long, three 
and one half inches wide and seven-eighths inch- 
es thick. These pieces join at the rear post, 
one at the top and one at the bottom and one 
in the center. On top of the cross pieces on 
the ends a shelf is set, the length and width of 
the. rack. Afoot above this another one is 
fastened and also another a foot above this one. 
Under the bottom shelf there is enough room 
for three flour barrels. This is made movable 
so that the place can be kept clean. 

Louis E. Means. 


About a week after Mr. Bradley changed 
work I asked him if I could be mixer. Almost 
every night, from six till seven o'clock, another 
boy and I mix. I think it is pretty good fun. 
Once a week we mix graham bread which is hard- 
er to mix, than white bread. We mix between 
eighty and ninety loaves in a wooden trough about 
eight feet long, two feet wide and two feet high. 
After we get through mixing we spread out the 
bread pans and grease them. In the morning 
the watchman wakes us up at about five o'clock. 
We come down and punch the dough till the 
air is all out. The other boy generally cuts it 
in loaves weighing two pounds and I put it in 
the pans to be baked after breakfast. 

Thomas Carnes. 

making Salt m 

When I first came here I worked on the 
farm. In a few days I was sent with other 
boys to work at the south end of the Island 
making salt hay. We had to walk in mud up 
to our ankles to rake the hay and pitch it on a 
cart. Thenit was carried away and spread. In 
a few days we had to turn it, then load it on the 
hay rack and bring it up to the barn. On the 
way to the barn we sat on the load to hold it 
down. It was weighed and then stored away 
in the barn to be used for bedding for the cows. 



Cboiiip$on'$ Island Beacon 

Published Monthly by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 5 

September, 1904. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year. 



Richard M. Saltonstall. 


Alfred Bowditch. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin O. Adams, 

I. Tucker Burr, Jr., 
Charles P. Curtis, Jr.. 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Henry S. Grew, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
, Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, 


The world at present is witnessing one of 
the most deadly struggles that has ever taken 
place between two nations. Japan, who in her 
Island Home, lay asleep for centuries, has at 
last awakened only to show the nations of the 
West, that she is capable of great things. 

The battle of Liaoyang, when it comes to 
be known in all its details, will probably prove 
one of the great world battles; fought between 

generals of tried skill. The worlds' verdict will 
undoubtedly be, that the best general won. 

What is it that has made the Japanese so 
successful in their campaign against' Rvssia ? 
Many factors enter into this! Japan is near 
her base of supplies; her command of the Seas 
has enabled her to land men and supplies as 
she needed them ; her soldiers and sailors 
are patriotic, brave and fearless, ready to die 
for their country. One of the principal factors, 
however, is Japan's care as to details. She 
has been careful not only in the training of her 
officers and soldiers, but even in arranging the 
smaller details of supplies for her men and 
animals. She has gone to school with all 
nations, she has not been too proud to learn, and 
in consequence, reaps the reward of faithful, 
persistent and diligent searcli, and adaptation. 

We are too prone to think that the only 
lessons we can learn are from books, while if we 
look about us we will find in the facts of today, 
lessons, which are as true to life as any publish- 
ed in books. The war that is now being fought, 
cruel and terrible as it is, has many lessons. 

By careful study, and consideration to de- 
tails in our work, we can finally become masters 
of our trade, or profession. We should leave 
nothing to chance, but be prepared for all 
emergencies. We should also avail ourselves of 
every opportunity of study and improvement. 
Nothing is too small or trivial to be neglected. 
It is only after one has done his best, that he 
has a right to expect success. 

In sad comparison with the preparedness 
of the Japanese, and their care to details, is the 
criminal neglect of all concerned in the General 
Slocom disaster; there, everything was left to 
chance, which resulted in one of the most terrible 
disasters that has ever come to the city of New 


C\, KcxJcJL 

It is only as we are faithful in the small 
things of life, that we fit ourselves to 
some larger service. This is true of Character 
also. He who seeks to overcome the small 
temptations that come to him daily, is preparing 
himself to resist what might prove a life's 
crisis hereafter. 

"Whatsoever thy hand findeth to do, do 
it with thy might" is a lesson we might all 


Aug. 2. Commenced cutting salt hay. 

Aug. 3. Steamer Pilgrim prepared for 
inspection by U. S. Inspectors. 

Aug. 4. Steamer Pilgrim inspected. 

Commenced Fall plowing. 

Aug. 8. Sowed barley for late fodder. 

Pumped out City Point Landing scow. 

Aug. 10. New gang-plank placed at South 
float and float fitted. 

Aug. 12. North float beached and clean- 

Visiting Day. There were 256 here, 
among those present were Manager Henry S. 
Grew and Mrs. Grew, also Mr. and Mrs. Ed. S. 
Grew, Mr and Mrs. H. Pickering and Mrs. 
McMurtrie and Graduates William J. Flynn, 
Elmer A. Johnson, Harold S. Taylor and Joe 

Aug. 13. Boy's closet painted. 

Received a crate of blueberries from Mr. 
George Lawley, Sr. 

Aug, 15. North float gang-plank repair- 

Finished painting the.PRisciLLA. 

Aug. 16. Twenty-five boys with In- 
structors saw G. A. R. Parade. 

Aug. 17. Section of wharf railing re- 

Finished paper and envelope rack for the 

Aug. 18. First ripe tomatoes. 

Fixed several doors in main building. 

Steamer painted outside and cabin var- 
nished inside. 

Aug. 19. Finished movable shelves for 

Aug. 22. Bottom of launch painted and 
deck varnished. 

Drew cobble-stone and sand for under- 
pinning to hen-house. 

Aug. 23. Instructors bath-room revar- 

Put a few new planks in wharf flooring. 

John F. Kilton, Esq., visited the School. 

Prescott B. Merrifield and Harold L. 
Marshall entered the School. 

Aug. 25. Clarence DeMar left the school 
to work for Mr. T. L. Kinney, South Hero, Vt. 

Aug. 26. Corn roast on beach. 

Hen house raised one foot. 

Aug. 27. Frank S. Miley left the school 
to attend High School at Somerville. 

The following Graduates were here and 
played a game of base ball against the first 
team. The score was School 35, Graduates 4. 
Ernest W. Austin, Thomas Brown, Dana 
Currier, Edward E. Davis, William Flynn, John 
T. Lundquist, Albert H. Ladd, Alfred H. Malm. 
Charles F. Spear, Frank C. Simpson and Clar- 
ence W. Wood. 

John F. Kilton Esq., visited the school and 
spoke to the boys on Sunday night. 

Aug. 29. Commenced cutting Rowen. 

Sent 2500 strawberry plants to the Tem- 
porary Industrial Camp for Prisoners, West 
Rutland, Mass. 

Aug. 30. Started repairs on poultry- 

Aug. 31. "Campfire and Battlefield" 
from Manager Moses Williams, Jr. 

A box of magazines and papers received 
from Mrs. C. E. Jenks, Secretary King's 
Chapel Book Room. 

Tarm School Bank 

Cash on hand August 1st., 1904, $600.08 

Deposited during the month, 29.95 

Withdrawn during the month, 15.79 

Cash on hand September 1st., 1904, $614.24 


Paintiitd the new eatid-pianR 

One Saturday morning another boy and I 
painted the gang-plank in the stock barn cellar. 
We eack had a bucket of white paint and a 
large and small brush. The small brush was 
used in the creases and places the large one 
would not fit. We first painted the bottom of 
the plank, then started on the railings, the other 
boy took the outside and I the inside. We had 
just started on the floor when dinner time 
came. About a week or two after the gang- 
plank was taken out of the cellar and put up in 
its new place. I had to go in the afternoon 
and put on a second coat of paint. It is look- 
ing well now. 

Edward Capaul. 

Paintiitd the masD^room 

In painting the washroom we used white lead 
with a small quantity of drier in it and enough 
turpentine to make the paint the right thickness. 
The drier was put in to make the paint dry 
quickly so the water would not hurt it. There 
were two coats of white lead put on the walls 
and covered steam heating pipes. All the 
other pipes are not painted, but were very diffi- 
cult to paint around. After the two coats of 
paint were put on there was a coat of enamel 
added to make it easy to wash off any dirty 
spots. The walls, window and door casings were 
enameled and finally the window sashes were 
painted. Foster B. Hoye. 


When there is cultivating to be done in 
the afternoon, I am usually asked to lead the 
horse. The best horse for cultivating is Bar- 
bara although she is a little shy. One of the 
big boys guides the cultivator. There are a 
great many things to cultivate. We cultivate 
strawberries, small corn, potatoes, celery, 
cabbages and shrubs. The shrubs are the 
hardest to cultivate, because some of them 
have thorns and the horse does not like to go 
between two rows of shrubs with thorns on 
them. We cultivate about every other day. 
It is a pretty good job. 

Ernest N. Jorgensen. 

Picking SDell Beans 

Most every afternoon another boy and I 
are told to pick shell beans. Earle Marshall 
and I are regular pickers. We pick about two 
bushels every afternoon but one afternoon we 
picked three. When we had them picked we 
brought them up to the house and had them 
for dinner next the day. 

Charles A. McEacheren. 

Gathering Beacb OCooa 

One day I was told to harness Jim into 
the dump-cart to gather driftwood on the beach. 
I was to begin at the north end andjwork to the 
south end. When I got halfway over to the 
north end' I saw that the tide was too high, so 
I turned back and began working toward the 
south end. I got a load, brought it to the 
house and put it in the cellar to be used in the 
bakery. I worked until five o'clock. 

Robert Gregory. 

Cbe Blackboard Drawings 

There is a drawing on our black board of 
fleur-de-lis. There are two groups of the flow- 
ers and between the two are printed the words, 
"He conquers who will." It is shaded in black 
and white and there are shade lines to represent 
the water out of which they grow. There is an 
other drawing of a cocoa palm and a bread- 
fruit tree, very near together. These were 
drawn because we have been studying the West 
Indies, a place where such trees grow. 

James Clifford. 

making Butter 

One morning 1 had to churn butter. The 
first thing I did was to get the cream and 
put it into the churn and put the cover on. 
Then I began to churn. I churned about an 
hour and a half and then the glass began to 
turn dark, so I knew the butter had come, 
but it hadn't collected enough, so I churned 
until it had. Then I got three pails of water, 
one after the other and rinsed the butter. 
Then it was salted and ready to print. It was 
put in a half pound printer. We did this as 
many times as the butter lasted, and when it 
was finished we had twelve pounds of butter. 
Joseph Kalberg. 


B eame of Ball 

During the base ball season the boys al- 
ways look forward to a game with the grad- 
uates. This year we had two games with them, 
the last one was a short time ago. A part of 
the day before the game was devoted to 
cleaning up and marking out the diamond. On 
the day appointed for the game about eleven of 
the graduates came. The game started in real 
earnest every one doing his best and continued 
so all through. But the graduates having had 
no practice were badly beaten. The score 
was thirty seven to five, at the end of the 
game. In about the middle of the game tonic 
was served out. The graduates went home 
feeling happy in the thought that their defeat 
was accomplished by their own fellows. The 
police were in charge of the field during the 
game and kept the spectators off the diamond. 

Don C. Clark. 

Packing Strawberry Plants 

One morning when I went down on the 
farm I was told to go over to the strawberry 
piece and take two pails of water with me. 
After we all got over there Mr. McLeod and 
one of the boys took forks and began to dig 
plants. The rest of us went after them and 
picked out this year's plants and put them into 
bunches of fifty. We sorted out three different 
kinds of plants. Of the first kind we got one 
thousand, these were put in bunches of fifty 
and tied up, then a tag with the name of 
the kind was put on. They were then dipped 
in water and done up in newspaper and put 
into crates. We packed about twenty-five 
hundred plants altogether. They were all label- 
ed. About half-past ten we went up to the barn 
and Mr. Vaughan had some of us get a 
couple of armfuls of salt hay. We took this 
down stairs, spread it on the floor and soaked 
it with water. Then we tramped on it for 
a little while. We then wrung it out as dry 
as we could with our hands and Mr. Vaughan 
took some and put it in the bottom of a crate 
quite thick. Then he took some of the plants 
and put them in tightly. He would wet each 
bunch before putting it in the crate. After he 

had a crate full he put more hay on and packed 
it as tight as possible, then he nailed the box 
up. The plants were now ready to be sent to 

C. James Pratt. 

H Cccture On 3apan 

We all recently had the pleasure of listen- 
ing to what seemed to me a very interesting 
lecture. A gentleman from Japan by the name 
of Mr. Ambratani gave It. He told us about 
his country, the people and their lives. He 
told how they had to make their children go to 
schools, which are very much like our common 
schools. He told us that there were about 
eleven colleges in Japan and about eighty thou- 
sand men in the standing army. He once had 
a talk with a Russian citizen, which showed 
the Russian idea of the war. The Russian said 
to the Jap, "Russia can not help winning in the 
war, because we are on the religious side," 
The Jap said, "Is idol worship the true religion? 
I say No! Rather if might be right Russia will 
win, but if right be might, Japan will win." After 
this lecture he gave us five minutes to ask 

Claud W. Salisbury. 

Uisitind the Cruiser Duplex 

Nine of us fellows one evening went in the 
Mary Chilton to see the French Cruiser 
Duplex. We had only two passengers, so we 
went quite fast. When we reached the boat 
the captain of our boat told us to rest on our 
oars and take a good look at her. She was 
about four hundred feet long and about twenty 
feet high. Some of the sailors were lined up 
on deck, while others, who were off duty, were 
doing different things. In one place on the 
ship the band was playing and it sounded great. 
After going around her two or three times it be- 
gan to grow quite dark, so we started for the 
Island. We had gone about half the dis- 
tance when the Cruiser used her search lights. 
Two or three times she flashed one of them on 
us and held it there awhile. We soon reached 
the Island and after taking care of every thing 
went to bed. 

Clarence Taylor. 



Joseph Clarke, 70, visited the School 
with his wife on August 16th., for the first time 
since leaving here. When he first left the 
School he worked for Mr. Harris, Holden, Mass., 
then came to Boston and learned steam fitting 
at 75 Lincoln St. He served three years as an 
apprentice and one year at the trade, then came 
back to the school to work on the fatm, having 
charge of the farm work the last year of the 
three or four he was here. On leaving here he 
became a railroad engineer in the West and is 
now working for the Illinois Central. His home 
is in Blue Island a suberb of Chicago. He 
was very much interested in visiting his old 
home and recalled many reminiscences of 
School days. 

William P. Morrison, 76, was a recent 
visitor at the school with his daughter. For a 
short time after leaving the School he was em- 
ployed on a farm, then went to sea for 
several years. After giving up a seaman's life, 
he worked for the Atkinson Furniture Co. for 
sixteen years, for some time he had charge of 
gentlemen's yachts. Since last October he has 
been with the G. F. Washburn Co. His home 
is at 14 Uplon St., Boston. 

Screcititid Gravel 

One morning another boy and I were sent 
to the north end to screen gravel. We put the 
screen up where there was some good gravel 
and shoveled it into the screen. The good 
would fall through and the rest would remain 
outside. When we got a good pile we would 
move the screen and make another. At about 
half past ten a boy came over with a cart and 
drew the gravel we had screened to the house, 
to be spread on the walks. 

John F, Nelson. 

Cbc Priwtc Koom 

When the north wing was added to the 
house two of the rooms were given to the boys 
for dormitories. One of them was called the 
Private Room and the other the North Dormit- 
ory. The Private Room is where the Mayor, 
Chief of Police, Judge and Captain of our boat 
crew sleep. It is about eighteen and one 

half feet long, fifteen and one half feet wide, and 
eight and one half feet high. V/e have a table 
which is about four feet long, two and one lialf 
feet wide, and two and one half feet high. 
Underneath is a shelf, on which we have a 
lot of reading matter, such as magazines, papers 
etc. We are allowed to stay up and read, write, 
or talk until nine o'clock. We have two win- 
dows, one radiator, a fire place with a mantle 
piece over it and a door leading into the hall. 
Over the mantle piece is a picture of the Birih 
of the American Flag. We also have a little 
liabrary on our mantle piece. There is a mir- 
ror, several diplomas and a picture of two 
humming birds on the walls. The Private 
Room is over the office and we enjoy sleeping 
there very much. Warren H. Bryant. 

Cbc Corn Roast 

One evening this summer Mr. Bradley 
gave us a suprise. which was a corn roast. It 
was held on the beach near the wharf. After 
supper the boys went down to the beach, some 
got wheelbarrows and others carried wood 
in their arms and put it in several piles while 
they were lighted. Torches were taken from 
the shop and filled with gasoline and put along 
the bank and a large bon-fire was set ablaze to 
lighten up the place. Then a long table was 
brought down, and over one hundred long sticks 
sharpened at one end to be used for roasting the 
corn. Mr. Bradley had twenty-five or thirty fel- 
lows get two boxes of cookies, water-melons, and 
six boxes of tonic and they marched down to 
the beach passing by the fellows amid much 
cheering. Then the fellows lined up for their 
cookies and tonic and went up on the bank. 
The corn and sticks were distributed and be- 
tween times more cookies were given out. 
Then the table was fixed for the butter and salt 
to put on our corn. We each put our corn on 
a stick and held it over the fire, till it looked 
brownish, then we put our salt and butter on. 
It was fine. After eating this we all had two 
pieces of water-melon. When the roast was 
over we all gave three cheers for Mr. Bradley, 
for the good time he had given us. 

Leslie R. Jones. 



Vol. 8. No. 6. 

Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 

October, 1904. 

Entered Novempsr 23. 1933. at Bos:on. Mass.. as ^conJ-cUss matter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 

Cbc Hew Bench 

Among the improvements going on at the 
Island is the oak bench built around the elm 
tree between the main building and Gardner 
Hall. The first thing to do was to dig out all 
around the tree about ten inches deep. Then 
ashes were put in. in place of the dirt, and it 
was stamped down hard. This space was layed 
. off in sections forming an octagon. Pieces of 
wood were put between each section with a 
slope of a half an inch towards the outer edge. 
These pieces were nailed to a piece forming 
the octagon. The frame of the bench was 
made in the shop beforehand, so it was all 
ready to be set in the ground. The bottom 
was painted with white lead to keep it from 
rotting. Each part of the frame was set in the 
ground and little strips of wood were nailed to 
them to hold them in place. Then the cement 
was made for the first layer, about thirty shovel- 
fulls of sand and gravel were used to six of 
cemsnt. Thsse were mixed together with 
water and put in the different sections, four one 
day and four the next. We then made the 
upper layer using about thirty shovelfulls of 
sand to fifteen of cement and one of lampblack. 
We finished four sections like this and did the 
other four the next day. The frame of the seat 
was set up and leveled before putting the 
cement in. Then this was left to harden. 
But before it hardened much, the edges were 
rounded off and a crease was made in each 
section. While this concrete was left to harden 
we were making slats in the shop for the seat. 
We made them one inch and a half wide by 
sevan-eights thick, curving one side a little. 
These were oiled and shellacked and were ready 

for use. We then began to put them on the 
frame, putting them on the bottom first and work- 
ing up to the top. A hole was bored on each end 
of the slat and then counter sunk and screwed 
on with galvanized screws one and one-half 
inches long. There are eight parts to the frame 
and across it are twenty four rows of slats and 
two screws in each slat. The bench is about 
twenty-four feet around, the back is three feet 
four inches high and the seat is one foot six 
inches wide. The bench was then varnished 
and left to dry. One day Mr. Bradley told the 
boys they could now use the bench. As scon as 
the word was given to break ranks there was a 
rush to see who would sit on it first. The 
bench is enjoyed very much by the boys and 
many graduates that visit here like to sit on 
it and think of the old home. 

Carl L. Wittig. 

int. Ucsuvius 

In the year A. D. seventy nine, the city of 
Pompeii was destroyed by an eruption of Mt. 
Vesuvius. Before Pompeii was buried, the 
side of this mountain was covered with dense 
forests and here and there dotted with farms. 
Now it is a lava covered cone and the mountain 
is brown and bare. Vesuvius is situated near 
Naples. The way it is acended is part way by 
cars and the rest by donkeys. The cars are run 
on three wheels. They rest mostly on the middle 
wheel and are pulled to the top by a cable which 
is run in from a station. This goes about three- 
quarters of the way. Now the rest of the way 
is made by donkeys. You get a very pretty 
view of the Mediterranean as the ascent is 
made. The inside of the crater looks like a 
basin of fire in the centre of which is a lake. 


Ste^im is rising from it and tine ground shakes 
and rumbles. Every now and then a small 
explosion occurs sending hot stones and mud so 
high that the guides hurry the travellers away 
so that they will not get killed by the burning 
stones. After one of these explosions, the story 
is told, a boy cooked some eggs over a 
crack in the lava for the travellers to eat. 
Thousands of travellers visit it yearly. 

Herbert A. Dierkes. 


It has been some time since we have had 
a trial, but recently four boys were arrested for 
trespassing and destroying picperly, in one of 
the cottages. The trial was held in the 
Chapel on the evening of September twenty- 
second. The prisoners and their lawyer sat at 
the front, while the plaintiff with their lawyer sat 
at their right. The jury sat on one side of the 
room, while the clerk and judge sat by a table, 
taking notes on the other. A number of 
instructors and most of the boys were present to 
hear the trial. It began at seven fifteen and the 
police took charge. First the clerk swore the 
jury in, then the plaintiff and then the prisoners. 
One boy was arrested for contempt of court. 
He was at once fined ten cents and sent to bed. 
One of the plaintiff's witnesses took the stand 
first. After he had been questioned another 
took the stand and so on, until they had each 
had a turn. Then the defendant had a prisoner 
take the stand and so on until they were through. 
The defendant lawyer gave his plea and then 
the plaintiff. The jury decided the case in the 
reading room. They decided, "not guilty." 
Warren H. Bryant. 

Tmb flir 

The air that we have here on the is- 
land is purer than that of the city. We boys 
are breathing fresh air all the time and it helps 
to make us well and strong. In summer the air 
is cooler than that of the city and in the winter 
I think it is colder to the body, but the degrees 
of the thermometer are higher than those of the 
city. So you can see that we get all the fresh 
air we want to help to keep us in good health. 

Albert Probert. 

Our Tcclings d$ to m Ular 

We have a good chance to learn about 
the war as we have a lot of papers and maga- 
zines in our readmg room. In school, too, we 
have a talk once a week and we have the news 
we do not know read to us. Almost all the boys 
want the Japs to beat in the war and they give 
pretty good reasons for wanting them to. Some 
want thein to beat, because they are the smaller 
nation and still others, because Japan is fight- 
ing for country and rights as we fought in the 
Revolution. Some say the reason they want 
the Japs to beat is because they are constantly 
seeking for education and are advancing so fast. 
If the war comes out the way our snowball bat- 
tle did last winter the Japs will beat. Russia 
seems to be getting defeated in about every 
battle,but I think she will beat in the end, be- 
cause she has a larger population to draw from. 

Harris H. Todd. 

mork Before School 

Every morning before school 1 work in the 
sewing room. As soon as I get in there 1 put 
on an apron and get two pails full of water. 
Then I wash chimneys and another boy wipes 
them. Most all of them are alike, but there 
are a few lantern chimneys. We have between 
forty and sixty chimneys. When we get them 
all washed, the other boys polish them while I 
wash and hang out the cloths that have been 
used. Herbert M. Nelson. 

£mm Corn 

One day Mr. McLeod told me to take a 
sickle and go over to the north end and cut a 
load of corn. The corn over there is green 
corn and is used for the cows. He told me 
after I got it cut to take a horse and the dump 
cart and get it in. I cut the corn and put it in 
good piles so I could take it up quickly and put 
it in easily. I got a load of corn and brought it 
to the barn. There are some Fairbanks scales 
there and we weighed the corn. It weighed 
six hundred pounds, which is a very good load. 
Robert W. Gregory. 



Our new Dictionaries 

A while ago our schoolroom was furnished 
with two and one-half dozen new dictionaries. 
They are very useful, especially in our An- 
cient History where there are some very 
hard and puzzling words. Our dictionaries 
not only tell the meaning of different words, 
but they give in the back a Vocabulary for pro- 
nouncing Biblical, Classical, Mythological, 
Historical, and Geographical Proper Names, 
a Classification of Languages, a few pages of 
Foreign Languages, Abbreviations used in 
Writing and Printing, a Concise Account of 
the Chief Deities, Heroes and other things in 
Greek and Roman Mythology, and Arbitrary 
Signs used in Writing and Printing. It is all 
put in the simplest way, so that it is not very 
hard to understand. 

William E. Proctor. 

ZM new J?nitri4l$ 

A short time ago three foxes were added 
to our collection of animals. One is a mid- 
dle sized red fox and the other two are' little 
young silver-grays. They are kept in cages, 
four feet, eight and three-fourths inches long, 
twenty-three inches wide and two feet eight in- 
ches high. These cages are kept in front of 
Gardner Hall. They are taken care of by the 
boy who has charge of the poultry house. 
He feeds them three times a day on meat and 
bread and milk. They are so tame that you 
can put your finger in the cage and they will 
lap it. 

William N. Dinsmore. 

Picking Jlpple$ 

The beginning of last month 1 was told 
to get four bushel boxes and a wheelbarrow 
and go down to the orchard to pick apples. 
All the apples that were ripe and good were put 
in the boxes and taken to the kitchen. I 
brought back all the poor apples and carried 
them to the pig pen. 1 got about five bushels 
for the pigs. I like to work in the orchard. 
Joseph B. Keller. 

Clearlnd away CuttiDer 

The other day I was told to take care of 
some lumber in the poultry yard. I took all 
the nails out first. After that was done I made 
a pile of the wood. I went down to the old 
barn and got a small cart to carry it away in- 
stead of taking it down in my arms. 1 then made 
several small piles, taking the six-inch boards 
first. I got them all cleaned and put them to- 
gether in a neat pile down in the lumber yard. 
After this I took the old stuff and put it in the 
pile for fire wood. I carried off the joice 
in the same way and put it in the same 

William T. Walbert. 

Covering Uegetables 

One evening last week it was thought that 
a frost was coming, so about fourteen fellows 
were picked out to do some work on the farm. 
Two of the fellows went with Mr. Vaughan to 
the onion piece and raked the onions in rows, 
while the rest stayed with Mr. McLeod loading 
the hay wagon with salt hay. This hay was then 
spread over the seven rows. The piece was in 
the shape of a triangle. Then we filled the 
hay wagon with sea-weed for the tomato piece 
below the farm house. There are thirteen rows 
and we used three loads of sea-weed. We 
had a little left over, so we put it on some 
beans. When the frost came It only hurt a 
few beans, but not very much. 

Leslie R. Jones. 

f)i\\ mats 

In the lower halls of the house we have 
rubber mats on the waxed floor, so that we 
will not wear the wax off. They are two feet 
wide and eight and two-thirds yards long. 
Twice a week they have to be carried out on to 
the grass and scrubbed. I get a pail of hot 
water, soap and a brush and scrub them. 
Then 1 get four pails of water and throw them 
on to the mats to rinse off the soap suds. I roll 
them up and carry them to a different place 
to drain and when they are thoroughly dry I 
put them down in the halls again. 

Herbert J. Phillips. 


Cbonip$on'$ Island Beacon 

Published Monthly by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 6. 

October, 1904. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year. 



Richard M. Saltonstall. 


Alfred Bowditch. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin O. Adams, 

L Tucker Burr, Jr., 
Charles P. Curtis, Jr., 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Henry S. Grew, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, 


"A good name is rather to be chosen than 
great riches." So writes the author of a book 
that has moulded the thought of all Christ- 
endom. Few of us ever stop to think in what 
way a good name may be obtained or of what 
it consists. 

Few men can obtain a good name without 
a good character behind it. It is possible to 
deceive people for a while, but this is not 

always possible. The words of Abraham Lin- 
■ coin, viz:-" You can fool all the people some of 
the time and soir.e of the people all the time, 
but you cannot fool all the people all the time," 
are as applicable today as when spoken. It 
may then be safely asserted, that a good nsme 
is generally obtained by a gccd character. 

Sometimes in spite cf a good character 
and honesty of motive, people are maligned and 
evil spoken of, this does not excuse us from 
doing what is right. The "Greatest of Men" 
was one of this class. His life was pure and 
blameless, yet His own countrymen caused His 
death, which He faced fearlessly, knowing He 
had done His duty. 

A good character is worth more to a man 
or boy than all else To be known as a truthful, 
honest, pure-minded boy is worth a good deal. 
All men bow in reverence to these virtues, 
which are only obtained through hard and per- 
sistent effort, and a fight against all evil.' 

In order to obtain a good character we 
must have high ideals and strive to attain to 
them. Good books and companionship are 
great helps in the development of character. 
No one can have low ideals and yet be a gccd 
man and no one can mix with low companions 
or read books of a questionable character with- 
out being affected by them. 

The object in life of every one, ought 
then to be, the altainment of a high and 
noble character through the various means 
suggested, no one ought to be contented 
with less. It is after we have striven to 
obtain this, that we can try and help to 
obtain it for others also. We may not win 
the approbation of our friends in the pursuit 
of this ideal and may possibly be misun- 
derstood by them, we will, however, have 
the satisfaction cf knowing that we have 


tried to do our duty in whatever station 
of life our lot has been cast. 

"Lives of great men all remind us 
We can make our lives sublime, 
And, departing, leave behind us 
Footprints on the sands of time;" « 

notes 5.* R-^ 

Sept. 1. Leslie W. Graves left the 
School to live with his mother. 

Sept. 2. Beach signs painted. 

Raised the poultry house one foot and put 
a n3w sill under one end. 

Sept. 5. Labor Day. Graduates Albert 
H. Ladd and Selwyn G. Tinkhann here. 

Sept. 6. Finished a concrete fcundaticn 
to poultry house 

Sept. 10. Visiting Day. There were 
213 present among whom were Manager Henry 
S. Grew and graduates Howard L. Hinckley, 
Elmer A. Johnson, Frank S. Miley, Joseph E. 
K. Robblee and Willsrd H. Rowell. 

Sept. 12. Sloops Trevore and WiNSLOw 
and the scow" John Alden baached and clean- 
ed and a few repairs made on scow. 

Sept. 13. Walls of kitchen closet paint- 
ed and floor varnished. 

Sept. 14. Walls of No. 1. bath room 

Fixed floor in Gardner Hall for E. P. A. 

banquet and dance. 

Sept. 16. Elk Pleasure AssDcialion held 
their annual banquet. 

Made new water gate markers for main 
line water supply. 

Ten volumes of books for the library re- 
ceived from Mr. John H. Holmes, editor of the 
Boston Herald. 

Sept. 17. Last swim of the season took 

Game of base ball between the graduates 
and the School team. Result:- graduates 18, 
School 15. 

Eight of the latest copies of The Illustrated 
London News received from Mrs. John Q. 

Sept. 18. Sunday. Rev. Joel Me'calf 

addressed the boys in the afternoon. 

Sept. 19. Set frame work for new seat 
around the elm tree on playgrounds. 

Sept. 20. Hall floor, third story, of the 
west wing varnished. 

Sept. 21. Graduate Samuel A. Waycott 

Added to our menagerie two silver-gray 
and one red fox and one Reese monkey. 

Sept. 22. George Lawley, Sr., and party 

Graduate Harold S. Taylor called. 

New rubber tips put on boys' bedsteads. 

Varnished floors in private room and north 

Finished an octagon granoliihic base for 
elm tree seat. 

Sept. 23. Built a fire in office fire-place, 
first of the season. 

Sept. 24. Frederic L. Walker left the 
School to live with his uncle at Newton Upper 
Falls, and work for Charles D. Kieser, a plumber. 

Sept. 26. Graduate Harry A. English 

Sept. 28. Poultry house roof re-shingled. 

Sept. 30. Summer term of school closed. 

Kitchen closet for clothing painted. 

Tarm School Bank 

Cash on hand September 1st., 1904 $614.24 
Deposited during month, 21.18 

Withdrawn during month, 54.98 

Cash on hand October 1st.. 1904 $580.44 

Cbc Squirrels 

Incur schoolroom we have a picture of a 
family of squirrels drawn by Robert Miley. 
In the picture there are four squirrels, two 
large and two small ones. They are outside 
of their door eating nuts. One is on the log 
watching them. As they sit there and you look 
at them it makes a very fine picture. They are 
getting their full supply of nuts for the winter. 
It looks as though one of the old ones was teach- 
ing the young ones how to hold and eat things. 
Hike the picture. Everett A. Rich. 


KatiK in €i4$$c$ 

The following named boys ranked first and 
second respectively in their classes for the 
summer term of school. 

First Class 
Louis P. March! Herbert J. Phillips 

Second Class 
Albert Probert Charles W. Watson 

Third Class 
Foster B. Hoye William F. O' Conner 

Fourth Class 
Van R. Brown G. Percy Wiley 

Fifth Class 
Albert S. Beetchy Spencer S. Profit 

CM e. p. B, BaiKjucf 

The Elk Pleasure Association has just 
held its fourth anniversary banquet. This 
association has been an organised company for 
about four years and has had the custom of 
having a banquet every year. We started to 
get ready for it a month or so before hand, so 
as to get every thing settled. We asked Mr. 
Bradley if he would consent to our having one. 
After he said yes, we raised our money out 
of the company of thirty-five and then decided 
what food we wanted. This was done by a 
committee chosen by the members. We 
showed this list to Mr. Bradley and he said he 
would get it for us. There is more hustling on 
the night of the banquet than any other time. 
We held it in the gymnasium. When all was 
ready, and the food, dishes and everything fixed in 
good shape, the bugler sounded the"assembly." 
As the people entered they were ushered to 
their seats by four ushers. They stood there 
until the band finished playing the piece they 
had started, and after a short opening speech 
given by the Captain, they were seated and the 
eating began. I should say by the looks of 
things after the banquet that about everybody 
got all they wanted, as I know I did. When 
most of the people were through eating we had 
a' few interesting speeches from those present; 
then we had a good one from Mr. Bradley 
to finish up with. After this the tables were 
cleaned and taken out of the way, the dishes 

piled up together and the floor was ready for 
dancing. Six fellows played for the people 
while they danced. We had a good time 
and played quite a number of pieces. Then 
the Virginia Reel was called for and quite 
a number joined in it; those who did not 
dance enjoyed watching the others. We 
played quite a number of pieces, one piece 
we played through about four times. A num- 
ber of the fellows joined in the dancing. As 
it was then getting rather late in the night 
we thought we had better go to bed. We 
enjoyed the evening very much. "Taps" was 
blown at about ten-twenty and we then retired. 
George A. C. McKenzie. 

Cbe first Tootball Game 

The first football game of the season was 
played between the first and second elevens 
September 24, the first eleven winning by a 
score of twenty-fiye to nothing; they were 
much heavier than the second team. The 
game began with good spirit, the second eleven 
allowing only five points in the first half. But 
in the second half the first eleven seemed to 
wake up and scored twenty more points. 
Captain Norwood seems to have had. his team 
under good control for the first of the season. 
Good playing was done by Means, the left half- 
back. The night watchman gave the first 
eleven some very good points. 

S. Gordon Stackpole. 

eiayittd Ruts 

After a heavy rain storm there is always 
work to be done filling in the ruts made by the 
water in the avenues and the gravel walks 
about the buildings. In filling in a rut we first 
sweep it out clean with a broom, then moisten 
the ground and put the clay in. The clay as 
we get it from the beach is almost always in, so after it is put in it is cut up with a 
shovel aud pounded down smooth. Water is 
then poured on. As soon as it is pounded and 
patted down smooth, gravel is put on it right 
away to keep it from drying and cracking. 

Don C. Clark. 



During the time we are in the third and 
second classes we study United States history. 
This history begins from the time of Columbus 
and goes to President Roosevelt's administra- 
tion. The third class has from Columbus to the 
end of the Revolutionary War. The second 
class from the national government to the end. 
Dr. Allard gives twenty-five dollars to the three 
boys who stand tlie highest in history every year, 
twelve dollars to the first, eight dollars to the 
second and five dollars to the third. I think 
history is very interesting and I am trying for 
a prize. 

Charles W. Watson. 

BcacI) Reports 

Lately Harold Daniels and I have gone 
around the beach to report on the large things 
we find on it. One day I took the north shore 
and Harold took the south shore. V/hen 
we start, we leave each other at about 
the middle of the island on the east side. We 
walk around the beach in opposite directions, 
taking notes of any large logs or things we 
find; anything that needs attention. Then 
we go up to the office and make out a report 
of the things we have found and where they 

Louis P. Marchi. 

Diddind Potatoes 

One morning the farm fellows worked at 
the north end of our Island in the potato piece. 
We carried bags and bushel baskets with us. 
Tuo fellows pulled potato tops while the rest 
of us dug the potatoes. We each had a row 
to work on. The one who had the second row 
would throw his potatoes into the first row, and 
the one who had the fourth row would throw 
his into the third row and so on. When five 
rows were done, two fellows gathered the 
potatoes. Each took a bushel basket and 
filled it with potatoes, then emptied it into a 
bag and left it in the row just where it was 
filled. These bags were all gathered by the 
afternoon farm fellows. 

C. James Pratt. 

B Uisitor 

One of the friends of the School visited us 
not long ago, Dr. Taylor, the dentist, and ex- 
amined all the fellows' teeth. A good many 
boys had one or more teeth drawn out. The fel- 
b V3 imagined it hurt more than it really did, be- 
cause the first fellows that went into the chair 
yelled and that scared the others. 1 had the 
good luck to have but ore tooth drawn and 1 
felt better when I came out of the chair than 1 
did when I went in. I considered myself 
lucky. Claud W. Salisbury. 

B Triena's Uisit 

Last year Rev. Mr. Metcalf loaned Mr. 
Bradley his telescope. It was a good one and 
each fellow had a chance to look through it. 
Several weeks ago he talked to us in the chapel 
about Habits. It was very interesting. After 
we were dismissed, some of the fellows went up 
to their gardens and picked bouquets. When Mr. 
Metcalf came up to the gardens we gave them 
to him and he thanked us. At first he said he 
would take a flower from each bouquet, but Mr. 
Bradley said it would be better to take them all 
in a box. He sent a fellow after one and 
put them in it. Then he took the fellows that 
gave the bouquets for a ride in the steamer. In 
all there were twenty-three bouquets. 

Philip S. May. 

Slipping Geraniums 

One day Mr. Burnham and I went over to 
the hot beds to get some fertile soil. We had 
to get three bushels of it and put it on the front 
lawn near the garden. In the afternoon we be- 
gan to slip geraniums. I had a half-bushel 
basket and he had a knife. We went to the 
garden at the end of the two avenues and at 
the corner of the house between the office path 
and the front avenue. These slips were taken 
to the garden where the soil was. There were 
some pots there too, when I came in the after- 
noon. Mr. Burnham took one of the slips and 
put it in one pot with the soil and kept this up 
while I was taking them from him and counting 
them. They are growing all right now. They 
have been in the pots about two weeks. 

Edward Capaul. 



Harry A. English. '96, has finished 
work for the Sturtevant Blower Works he 
has been for the past five and a half years and 
has entered Harvard College. In '96 Harry 
went to workon a farm in Norwell, Mass., where 
he remained until April 1899, doing well and 
saving his money. Returning to Boston to live 
with his mother, he went to work for the 
Sturtevant Blower Works, where he has since 
been steadily employed, and by still saving 
his money and attending night school he is sble 
to take this step for a higher education. This 
is another example of what a fellow can do if 
he is willing to work. 

Edward L. Davis, '02, is working for 
the Walter M. Lowney Mfg. Co., and lives with 
his mother at 36 Fourth Street, Chelsea. 

Charles Hill, '02, has left his old 
home at Southbridge and is now employed in a 
gun factory in Hopkinton, Mass. 

Pictures of tbc Scboolrccm 

In the second schoolroom there are many 
pictures which help us in our geography 
lessons. One is called the gleaners, by Jean 
Millet. This picture gives us an idea of the 
peasant life in France. There is also a picture 
which, by its pyramids and sphynxes, tells us that 
it was taken in Egypt. We have pictures of an- 
cient ruins and structures which are talked a 
good deal about and if you should go there 
you would see some of these same structures for 
yourself. John J. Emory. 

Our School Cibrary 

Our school library consists of about 
thirteen hundred volumes. Any one in the 
school is allowed to take books out of the 
library and change them every Wednesday 
night and Sunday morning. One of the 
teachers has charge of the library and she has 
two librarians to help her. Each boy tells the 
librarian what books he wants next. We have 
library cards to tell what book is out and what 
book is wanted. 

William E. Proctor. 

Basket Ball 

In the afternoon when I get out of the 
kitchen, the dining room boys and kitchen boys 
choose up sides for basket ball. First of all we 
elect captains, who choose sides from 
the fellows. Then the game begins. It is' an 
exciting one. There are two poles about 
fifteen feet high with a wire netting at the top 
and the basket extending out from it. These 
are called " baskets." There are two of these, 
one at each end of the lawn.. The game is 
divided into halves, generally twenty minutes 
long. I like the game very much. 

Charles A. Reynolds. 

Our Heading Room 

We have in our School a reading room 
where the first grade boys may stay until nine 
o'clock in the evening and read. On Sundays 
all the boys that wish may come to the room. 
Against one side of the wall there is a case of 
stuffed birds. On the opposite side is a mirror 
and fireplace. We have a picture of the band 
when it was first started and another one as it 
is to day, both of them near the door. In a 
cage by the window are two fox squirrels from 
Michigan. In another cage there is a canary. 
We have all kinds of good reading papers. 
Mr. Adams, one of our Managers, sends us The 
Illustrated London News every little while. 
We have five or six different magazines. 

Thomas G. McCarragher. 

Banking Celery 

One day after I had driven the cows to the 
pasture, I went over to the celery piece to bank 
the celery. I was told to get a board and push 
it against the celery stems. We raised the 
board and another boy piled dirt against it to 
keep it up. We put boards along one side of a 
row and ' after that Mr. McLeod ran the 
cultivator over the dirt once or twice to make it 
soft. When the boards were all used, we took 
them from one side of the row and put them on 
the other side. When one was fixed we did it 
on the other rows until the bell rang. 

C. Ernest Nichols. 



Vol. 8. No. 7. 

Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 

November, 1904. 

Entered November 23. 1903. at Boston. Mass.. as Second-class inatter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 




J\ f)ard Game 

At about three o'clock, Oct. 19, our eleven 
was ready to meet the Boston Latin fellows en 
our gridiron. They won the toss and so we 
had to kick off to them. After a stiff fight they 
succeeded in pushing the ball over our line, but 
they did not kick the goal. Then they kicked off 
to our eleven and we pushed down to about their 
fifteen-yard line. We lost, because we did 

not gain the required distance. They be- 
gan bucking our centre and pushed us up the 
field to about five yards from our goal; then time 
was called. In the second half our team 
showed what sand they had in them in spite of 
their heavy competitors. They were forced to 
punt and our fellows carried the ball slowly and 
steadily toward their goal to the ten-yard line. 
Then the Latins made a great stand and held 


us. They received the ball and punted to the 
middle of the field and it was not long before 
time was called. In spite of having a team 
much larger and eighteen pounds heavier to a 
man, our plucky little team played every man 
till the last, while they put in a few extra fellows. 
With every down an opponent was laid up, 
evidently because he wanted air. 

Walter D. Norwood. 

The following article was taken from the 
Boston Herald the morning after the game: — 


Boston Latin Paid a Visit to Thompson's 
Island and Had a Stiff Job to Beat the 
Harbor Team — The Final Score Was 5 to 

In a spiritedly fought game yesterday after- 
noon at Thompson's Island the Farm School 
boys held Boston Latin School down to a 5 to 
score. In many respects it was virtually a 
victory for the home eleven, for football material 
at Thompson's Island is confined to about ten 
good sized chaps, and the advantages ol coach- 
ing are lacking. It was also the first game of 
the season for the Farm School, and, with two' 
or three exceptions, the players were quite in- 
experienced. Withal, they showed snappy, hard 
football, and made the heavier and more 
seasoned Boston Latin team work like Trojans 
for every yard. The game was a huge treat for 
the youngsters on the Island, and they turned out 
on the side lines in full ranks. 

Boston Latin greatly outweighed the Farm 
School in the line; the backs stood one another 
off on the weight question. So far as condition 
went, however, the rugged little Islanders quite 
outclassed the city visitors. It was their first 
game of the season, yet they wanted to play 35 
minute halves. This request made the Latin 

School gasp. The visitors started off at top 
speed and carried the ball down the broad field 
three, four, five yards at a jump. Formations 
and quarter-back runs phased the inexperienced 
lads of the Island, though they opposed every 
play with commendable fierceness. The Latin 
School backs were too much for them, however, 
and Fotch, Cowan and Corbett soon had the 
ball within striking distance. Corbett went 
through left guard for the touchdown. Latin 
School failed to kick the goal. 

The playing see-sawed about the middle 
of the field for a few minutes following the 
kick-off. The^i Fotch, Cowan and Corbett got 
by the Farm School ends for substantial gains, 
and Latin school eventually had the ball on the 
home eleven's 10-yard line, with every pros- 
pect of a touchdown, when time was called. 

In the second half the Farm School's rug- 
ged young backs pounded their distance again 
and again past the Latin School tackles, and 
reeled off a total of 70 yards. They carried the 
ball, without losing it a single time, straight 
from their 25-yard line to Latin School's 15- 
yard line. There they attempted an end run, 
with disastrous results, and subsequently, failing 
to make the distance, lost the ball on downs. 
Their spirits fell several degrees after this mis- 
hap, and Boston Latin, rallying, promptly 
rushed the leather back to midfield. Here 
Farm School began to stiffen, but the brace 
came too late, and time was called with the 
players lined up 45 yards from the home team's 
goal posts. 

After the game the visitors were given a 
lunch in the kitchen of the Farm School. 
Before leaving the Island they cheered the 
Island boys heartily, winding up with three 
times three for Supt. Bradley. 

The line-up: 
Latin School. 
Johnson (Ayer). 1. e. 
Emery (O'Dowd), I. t. 
Cleary, 1. g. 
Murphy, c. 
Flynn (Elcock), r. g. 

Farm School. 

r. e., Probert 

r. t., McKay 

r. g., Edson 

c, Stackpole 

1. g., Hill 


Fitzgerald, r. t. 

Tobin (Greene), r. e. 

Ford, q. b. 

Cowan (Johnson), 1. h. b. 

Fotch (capt), r. h. b. 

Corbett, f. b. 

1. t.. Clark 

1. e., Norwood 

q. b., Burke 

r. h b.. Means 

1. h. b. Welch 

f. b., Russell 

Score — Boston Latin School 5, Thomp- 
son's Island Farm School 0. Touchdown — 
Corbett. Referee — A. M. Constantine. Um- 
pire — G. C. Peterson. Linesmen- — Logan for 
Boston Latin. Ekegren for Farm School. 
Timer — W. F. Packard. Time — Two 20- 
tninute periods. 

B €la$$ Crip 

On Saturday October 1, our teacher took 
the first class up to the Art Museum. We left 
the island at one o'clock and arrived there 
about two o'clock. We first went into the 
room where the sphinxes and Egyptian statues 
were and after looking at them we went into the 
Greek room. Here we recognized many of the 
statues. The ones we could tell easily by the 
description in our history were Athena, Zeus. 
Pericles, and Epaminondas. We also saw a 
plaster cast of the Parthenon, the Laocoon 
Group, a statue of Theseus, and one of a horse 
with a man's head. We also saw the statue of 
the Dying Gaul, and, although it was made of 
plaster, I think it showed a good deal of ex- 
pression. The mummies were very interesting 
to- us and we could get some idea of the won- 
derful art of embalming. We saw the statues 
of Buddha and Brahma; also the small jewelry 
used in ancient times. In the Lawrence 
room were the swords, maces, bowguns and 
the different kinds of ancient armor; also the 
lances and a very large bowgun about three 
feet long. We went into a room where there 
were Japanese and Chinese dresses. The 
Japanese were of a bright color and were in- 
laid with gold, while the Chinese dresses were 
of a duller shade and were not inlaid with gold. 
There were also paintings of historical events 
and of prominent people. Then we looked at 
many Greek and Egyptian manuscripts, and a 

large picture about twelve feet square of 
Agamemnon holding Achilles' Horses, which 
we enjoyed very much. We found many 
curiosities from Japan. There was a shell 
that had a house and two men in it; two 
shells opened just a little and inside were two 
men playing a game of chess. In a glass 
case was a model of an Indian temple that 
looked as if it was made of amber. Some of 
the other things we saw were the statues of 
Aphrodite, Phidippides, the Disc Thrower, The 
Wrestlers, The Hero, and a very good'model of 
the city of Athens and the Acropolis. We also 
saw a coffer of some king or noble of Greece 
and the statue of the Gaulish Prisoner. Then 
there were some very fine vases with figures 
carved on them and others with pictures 
painted on them. We also saw a statue of 
Peace and some excellent chess men made of 
amber, made by the ancient Germans. In 
another room we saw some manuscripts 
that were so old that they had to be kept in 
cases so the writing would not fade. After 
staying there until quarter to four we started back 
to the Island, arriving about half past five. We 
had a good time and we ought to understand 
our lessons better for having visited the Art 

Harris H. Todd. 

JIutumn on Our Tslaita 

The fall season on the Island seems to 
be different from the season in the city. Most 
of the leaves have fallen from the different kinds 
of trees. The maple and elm leaves have 
all blown down, but the oak trees are still 
green. The maple leaves do not turn dif- 
ferent colors here as they do in the moun- 
tainous regions. We had a very hard wind 
one day this fall which blew most of the leaves 
off the trees. One of the advantages of hav- 
ing the leaves fall is that we have a better 
view of the water and of the surrounding 

Herbert J. Phillips. 


Cbompson's Island Beacon 

Published Monthly by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 7. 

November 1904. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year 



Richard M. Saltonstall. 


Alfred Bowditch. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin 0. Adams, - 

I. Tucker Burr, Jr., 
Charles P. Curtis, Jr.. 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Henry S. Grew, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, 


Some people argue that man's memory is 
not so strong today as it was in the early ages 
before writing came into common use. Be 
that as it may, we must admit that we need 
many aids to our memories today. Not the 
least significant of these aids are the great 
national holidays which we observe yearly. 
Each spring we commemorate the battles of 
Lexington and Concord and Bunker Hill. Pa- 

triotism burns afresh in every heart as we visit 
the scenes of those struggles and recall the 
noble efforts of our fathers when they struck 
the first blows for liberty. Memorial Day 
recalls that sad time of civil strife when "a 
brother's sword was sheathed in a brother's 
breast." On Independence Day the nation 
ceases from her labors and with appropriate 
ceremonies observes her own birthday. The 
small boy with his shout and fire crackers and 
the orator on the platform contribute alike 
their share toward the celebration. 

These holidays are valuable aids to the 
memories of the people of the present 
generation. Were it not for them, it is quite 
possible that the heroic exploits of our fathers 
would be forgotten and we would drift along un- 
mindful of the great sacrifices that have been 
made in our behalf. 

With the holidays, however, comes a 
danger which we should face fairly and squarely. 
We are not now speaking so much against 
the tendency to make the day one of selfish 
pleasure-seeking as' against the still greater evil 
of using the day for money making. Every- 
where are the fakir and the swindler in evidence. 
They have all sorts of schemes to get some- 
thing fornothing. They do their best business 
on these days, partly because the people are in 
good humor, and partly because the boys are 
free with their money. But do not such trans- 
actions detract from the sacredness of these 
days? Should we not rise above them and ob- 
serve the days in a patriotic and worthy spirit? 
We agree that it was wise to set them apart as 
holidays. Shall we not then guard against 
their abuse? 

When each citizen of our land is brought 
to feel the true significance of these days we 
will not fear his forgetting it in the multitude of 
detractions that abound. It is then, and then 



only, that we will realize the full import of 
these "memorial" days. Let us do our part to 
hasten this time. Ul5. Q . CJuxnJiro 


Oct. 1 . Husked corn. 
' Oct. 3. Husked corn and dug potatoes. 

Oct. 4. Cottage Row citizens held their 
regular quarterly election of officers which 
resulted as follows:- Mayor, Allan H. Brown; 
Aldermen, Louis P. Marchi, Albert H. Hinckley, 
William E. Proctor, Louis E. Means, and Carl 
L. Wittig; Treasurer, Thomas G. McCarragher; 
Assessor, Thomas Carnes. The Mayor ap- 
pointed as Chief of Police, Albert Probert; 
Clerk, A. LeRoy Sawyer; Street Commissioner, 
Elmer Bowers; Curator, Charles McEacheren; 
Librarian, James Clifford; Janitor, Paul H. 

The Chief of Police appointed as his patrolmen 
C. James Pratt, George A. C. McKenzie, L 
Banks Quinby, James A. Edson. 

Repaired and renewed leaky water pipes 
in kitchen and washroom. 

Oct. 5. Dr. L. L. Doggett, president of 
the International Y. M. C. A. Training School, 
Springfield, visited here. 

Began repairs on the breakwater. 

Oct, 6. Finished cutting corn. 

Pilgrim v/ent to Freeport Street for a 
load of lumber. 

Graduate Charles W. Jorgensen visited 

Oct. 7. Got in peppers. 

Potted 200 geranium slips. 

Oct. 8. Sent tomatoes to market. 

The year's supply of kerosene oil came. 

Pilgrim went to the New England docks 
for grain. 

Oct. 10. Fall term of school began. 

Pilgrim went to the New England docks 
for the balance of a carload of bran. 

Oct. 11. Vegetable show. 

One lot of books received from Mr. J. H. 
Holmes, editor of the Boston Herald. 

Last Visiting Day of the season. There 
were 264 present, among whom were Treas. 
Arthur Adams, Managers H. S. Grew and 

Francis Shaw, and graduates Frederick Hill 
and Joseph E. K. Robblee. 

Oct. 12. Husked corn and dug potatoes. 

Oct. 13. Got in squash. 

Husked corn and dug potatoes. 

Louis E. Means' left the School to work at 
the Middlesex School, Concord, Mass. 

Oct. 14. Removed rigging and masts 
from sloops Trevore and Winslov/. 

Oct. 15. The landing scow at City Point 
was towed to the island, beached, and a few re- 
pairs made. 

Oct. 16. Sunday. Mr. Clark conducted 
service on the lawn this afternoon. 

Oct. 17. Hauled up sloops TREVORE and 
WiNSLOW for the winter. 

All the instructors and pupils were taken 
around to the south end of the island to see a 
diver at work on the water pipe. 

Oct. 18. Pilgrim towed a scow load of 
lumber from City Point for the repairs on the 

Sent onions and tomatoes to market. 

Oct. 19. Finished picking apples and 

Football game with the Boston Latin School. 
Score — Latin School 5, Farm School 0. 

Miss E. S. Bacon sent the Illustrated 
London News for the first half of the year, from 
January to July 1904. 

Oct. 20. Husked corn. 

Pilgrim to New England docks for flour. 

Oct. 22. John F. Kilton. Esq., came to 
spend Sunday. 

Oct. 23. Sunday. Mr. Kilton spoke to 
the boys at the afternoon and evening services. 

Oct. 24. Pilgrim towed a load of dress- 
ing from Walworth's. 

Carpenters completed a new litter for 
hospital use. 

Oct. 25. George A. and Robert R. 
Matthews entered the School. 

Began fall plowing at north end. 

Oct. 26. Husked corn and plowed. 

Oct. 27. Boys arranged in line according 
to size. 

George F. Burke left the School to work 


for Newcomb and Gauss, printers of Salem. 

Chester F. Welch left the School to work 
for the Forbes Lithograph Mfg. Co., of Chelsea. 

Oct. 28. Soapstone tubs in the laundry 

The new monitors visited the Charlestown 
Navy Yard with an instructor. 

Graduate William Alcott and son visited 
the School. 

Oct. 29. Graduate Merton P. Ellis came 
to spend Sunday. 

The football team and subs saw the 
.Harvard-Pennsylvania game of football with 
the Superintendent and an instructor. 

Oct. 30. Sunday. Right Rev. Bishop 
Edward Wm. Osborne conducted the service 
and spoke to the boys at 3 P. M. Miss Ila 
Niles sang a solo, "Face to Face". 

Oct. 31. Harry M. Chase left the School 
to work for Mr. S. C. Cunningham, Sheepscot, 

Jam School Bank 

Cash on hand October 1st., 1904 $580.44 

Deposited during month 106.80 

Withdrawn during month 


Cash on hand November 1st., 1904 $634.35 
On the last Visiting Day of the season 
nearly three hundred of the relativesand friends 
of the boys came as usual on one of the boats 
of the Nantasket line. The formal exercises 
which took place in Gardner Hall were brief. 
They consisted of the awarding of several prizes, 
as here noted. 

16th. Series. 

1 Herbert J. Phillips $3.00 

2 Thomas G. McCarragher 2.50 

3 Percy M. Embree 2.00 

4 Charles Wm. Reynolds 1.50 

5 William N. Dinsmore"| . 
" Ervin G. Lindsey j 
These are awarded for the best general 

results in gardens as judged by the instructors 
and are given by Manager Henry S. Grew. 




2nd. Series. 

1 Albert Probert $3.00 

2 Louis P. Marchi 
" William C. J. Frueh 

3 Herbert J. Phillips 2.00 

4 Edward Capaul 
" George A. C. McKenzie 

5 Alfred W. Jacobsl 

" Harold Y. Jacobs )- 1.00 

" Van R. Brown J 

These prizes are awarded by Mr. J. 
Edward Burtt, the result being decided upon 
by a weekly vote of the boys owning gardens. 
Neatness, variety, and cultivation of plants 
are considered in the first three; the fourth 
is for the most artistic arrangement of 
plants and the fifth for the best single plant. 
Quarter ending July 1, 1904. 

1 Allan H. Brown $5.00 

2 Horace P. Thrasher 3.00 

3 Thomas G. McCarragher 2.50 

4 Warren H. Bryant 2.00 
Quarter ending October 1, 1904. 

1 Carl L. Wittig $5.00 

2 Louis P. Marchi 3.00 

3 William T. Walbert -2.50 

4 Allan H. Brown 2.00 

For the above prizes, fifty dollars a year 
is contributed by Mr. and Mrs. Albert H. 
Willis, twelve dollars and a half each quarter, 
to the boys who take the greatest interest in 
Cottage Row and who most faithfully perform 
their duties either as office-holders or citizens. 

1st. Series. 

1st Prizes 

Frederick C. Welch $5.00 

Samuel Weston 5.00 

2nd. Prizes 

Horace P. Thrasher 3.00 

George A. Maguire 3.00 

3rd. Prizes 

Charles A. Graves 2.00 

William C. J. Frueh 2.00 


Graduate Winners 

Charles W. Jorgenson 5.00 

John J. Powers 5.00 

The Treasurer of the Farm School, Mr. 
Arthur Adams, last Fall announced to the boys 
that he would give fifty dollars each year to the 
boys here at the School and at work on farms 
who have expressed a preference for the call- 
ing of agriculture, and who show by their 
conduct, interest, thoughtfullness and progress 
in agriculture that they are worthy of 

On Hallowe'en the teachers and instruct- 
ors gave us a party, which was quite a surprise. 
At seven o'clock we lined up as usual, but Mr. 
Bradley came down and told us we were all in- 
vited to a Hallowe'en party in Gardner Hall. 
When he said this there was general gladness 
among the fellows. We were told to march up 
into the hall. As we came near the door a 
ghost came from behind it, but he didn't seem 
to scare the fellows much. After we got up 
there we found that instead of having the 
lighted they had Japanese lanterns hung around 
the hall, which made it look very pretty. At 
small distances around the hall were bundles of 
corn, with a settee between each two bundles. 
On the platform was a table on which 
were the vegetables that were used in the dif- 
erent games. On small shelves or hung on the 
walls were Jack O' Lanterns which shone out 
very brightly. There were many kinds of veg- 
etables on the floor close to the walls, and on 
the windows and such places. In one corner 
there was a small room made out of corn stalks. 
In this was an instructor, who gave out 
very odd fortunes. About half past seven 
"The Origin of Hallowe'en" was read, which 
interested the fellows; but the most interesting 
was a ghost story given by Mr. Packard. It 
was "Ghost Cut-Ghost". After this we bobbed 
for apples in a tub and on strings. Then there 
was a potato race with two prizes, another race 
with one prize, and a third, just to see who could 
beat. There were also a clothes-pin race and a 

jug race. Next came the eating. Each boy was 
given a bag of mixed candy, peanuts, and pop- 
corn. Lastly came the giving out of fortunes 
which was great fun. We then retired and 
taps sounded at half past ten. 

Louis P. lyiARCHi. 

l)U$kind Corn 

One rainy day I went to work husking corn. 
First I took a bundle of corn and broke the ears 
from the stocks. Then 1 husked it and put 
my husks and corn in separate piles. On seed 
ears I left three husks so they could be braided. 
I husked half a day. 

Van R. Brown. 

Gerting Tiour 

The scow had been to New England Docks and 
was loaded with one hundred and twelve barrels 
of flour. At one o'clock Mr. Morrison sent some 
other fellows and me to unload the flour. Two 
boys stayed in the scow and lifted the barrels 
from there to the float. Then the hardest part, 
which was rolling them up the gang-plank, was 
done by other boys. One boy remained on the 
wharf to help lift them into the carts or wagons, 
of which there were four. Another boy placed 
them so as to get in as many as possible. Mr. 
Bradley was ready to go for the rest of the 
flour before we got through unloading the scow, 
so we let the horses rest, while all hands took 
hold and got the barrels from the scow to the 
wharf. Then we were off for the rest. The 
remainder of the flour was to be brought from 
City Point. When we got there we had to 
wait a little while for it to come. When it 
came we loaded it into the scow and came 
back. These barrels, numbering thirty-five, 
were taken to the house and put away by 
five o'clock. 

Charles H. O'Conner. 

Some spirited natures chafe at a yoke. 
They feel they must have their fling: 

But when a wild colt is "properly broke," 
He makes the best horse in the ring. 

Lyman F. George. 



Walter L. Carpenter, '99, recently 
wrote us from Gravesend, England. He is in 
the Navy, on board U. S. S. Cleveland. He 
wrote of the interesting time he had while they 
were in London and mentioned the different 
places of historical interest he visited. It 
speaks well of Walter that he should spend his 
"shore leave" to such good purpose. 

John J. Powers. '00, was one of the 
boys on a farm to receive an Adams Agricul- 
tural prize. John went from the School to Mr. 
Sumner Parker of E. Westmoreland, N. H., 
and remained with him for three years, giving 
excellent satisfaction. At the end of that time 
he thought he would make a change. He soon 
returned to Mr. Parker, who is also a Farm 
School graduate, to whose home surroundings 
he had become so much attached, and is there 

George G. Noren, '02, is employed in 
the tannery cf T. F. Boyle & Co., of Milford, 
N. H. He is helping the sorter. George en- 
joys his work and seems to be doing very well. 

Charles W. Jorgensen, '02, has fin- 
ished work for Mr. W. L. Tyler, merchant, of 
Charlemont. Charlie assisted in the store 
whenever he had his general work about the 
place done; but the majority of his duties were 
in the line of farm work, in which he proved most 
faithful and for which he received one of the 
Adams Agricultural prizes of five dollars. 
Charlie is now a grocery clerk for Mr. George 
M )ore, 80 Savin Hill Ave., Dorchester, and lives 
with his mother at 15 Wentworth Street. 

B\mm\ notice 

The regular annual meeting of the Farm 
School Alumni Association will be held at the 
School, Thanksgiving Day, Thursday, Nov. 24th, 
1904. Boat leaves the public landing at City 
Point at 10 A. M. sharp. A large attendance is 

Respectfully yours, 

Merton P. Ellis, Sec. 
19 Milk St., Boston. 

Picking up Potatoes 

One day three other boys beside m>iself 
had to pick up potatoes. It is a pretty good job. 
First we take a basket and pick up all except 
the little and rotten ones. When we get a 
bushel we get a bag and dump them into it. 
We put about a bushel into a bag, unless it is a 
large bag, then we put two bushel into it. 
Then the cart takes them off. We picked about 
fifty bushel. I did two rows the length of the 
piece. The piece is at the north end of the . 
Island. Ervin G. Lindsey. 

eettinc Gravel 

The walks around the main building and 
both the front and rear avenues are graveled. 
When it rains the gravel is washed off the walks, 
which leaves bare places that have to be 
covered with fresh gravel. We have a bar 
on the north end of the island which is known 
as north end bar. It is covered with very fine 
gravel, but there are some large stones in it 
that have to be screened out. There is a gravel 
screen on the bar, and when gravel is need- 
ed two boys go over and screen it into 
piles. When there are quite a number of 
piles it is hauled up to the house. It is about 
half a mile from the bar to the main building 
and there is a hill on the way. In order to save 
time we usually get a team to haul the gravel. 
As it is getting near winter the ground will be 
frozen and it will be hard to dig gravel; so we are 
hauling a good store of it now and will probably 
have enough before the ground freezes hard 
to last us all winter. Foster B. Hoye. 

One morning 1 was told to go with two 
other fellows to rake leaves. We took strips, 
one after the other, until we had the lawn all 
raked. We then raked the leaves into a pile. 
I raked over a part of the lawn that had not been 
done, while the other two fellows went down to 
the ash house to get two bags. When they came 
back we filled the bags and emptied them into 
the cutfeed pen in the stock barn. 

Leon H. Quinby. 



Vol. 8. No. 8. 

Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 

December, 1904. 

Entered November 23. 1903. at Boston. Mass., as Second-class> matter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 

Cottage Row Government. 
BY HIS honor, 






It has been the custom of our Government, as well 
as of the Commonwealth, to set apart a day in which 
to thank Almighty God for the many blessings which 
He has bestowed upon us. 

We observe this day in our dining room and on 
our playground and in our 'prayers to God. 

We are thankful for being so successful in the dif- 
ferent games we have played. We are thankful for 
being so successful in all the branches of work pursued 
at the School. We are thankful for having such ex- 
cellent health and for having so many opportunities to 
learn to be good, honest and noble citizens of our 
country. .We are thankful that this season has yielded 
a bountiful harvest in every branch of our work. 

1. therefore, by and with the advice and consent of 
the Board of Aldermen, appoint Thursday, the twenty- 
fourth day of November, as a day of Remembrance 
and Thankfulness to God for the many blessings He 
has given us and for the improvement and prosperity 
of our Government. 

Given at the Farm School, this twenty-first day 
of November, in the year of our Lord one thousand 
nine hundred and four, the 90th year of the School, 
and the 16th year of Cottage Row. 


By His Honor, the Mayor of Cottage Row, with the Advice and 
Consent of the Aldermen. 


God save the Government of Cottage Row. 

Chank$di'«)ing at tHe Jam School 

Thanksgiving is a day eagerly looked for- 
ward to by the boys, and when it comes all are 
merry and glad. When the bugle blew at 
a quarter of six on that day, the boys hustled in- 
to their clothes and got washed up ready for 
breakfast. After breakfast only necessary 
work was done and the boys were allowed to 
have the rest of the day for pleasure. Some 
got bundles and received them at nine o'clock. 
Of course some began to eat their stuff from 
home immediately and made no allowance for 
dinner. At last the long awaited dinner came, 
with its supply of all that was good and every 
one filled up in good shape; at least I know I 
did. About half past ten the graduates came, 
sixty-six strong, and we welcomed them. 
They had their dinner in the chapel and Mr. 
and Mrs. Bradley provided a bounteous one. 
They held their regular business meeting and 
elected officers for the ensuing year. After the 
alumni were through with their dinner, their 
eleven and our first eleven prepared for the 
game. After the game the graduates spent an 
hour or more in the chapel singing, dancing and 
making merry in general. At five o'clock they 
embarked on the Pilgrim for City Point. Thus 
ended their day down here, which I hope they 
all enjoyed. The boys had their supper and 
then played or did whatever fancy dictated un- 
til seven-fifteen o'clock. Then taps sounded 
and nearly every one went to bed, tired but 
happy and grateful to the Managers and Mr. and 
Mrs. Bradley who were so kind to them. Thus 
ended one of our most prominent and sacred 


George B. Beetchy. 



In our third ciass in geography we are now 
studying the continent of Europe. We first took 
the continent as a whole and learned what we 
could about it. Now we are taking the 
countries separately. The first two countries 
we took were Sweden and Norway. As we were 
studying these countries we wanted to know 
something outside of our own books, so our 
teacher showed us pictures of what the people do 
and how they live and dress. We also read chap- 
ters told by men who have traveled there. We are 
now studying Russia. With Russia we shall 
study Japan and learn something about it, as 
those two nations are having a hard fight. 

Thomas Maceda. 

PicKind Corn 

One day Mr. McLeod told two of us to 
get a bushel basket and a bag of sacks and go 
over to the south end to pick corn. When we 
got there we filled the basket and emptied it 
into a sack. After we had filled all the bags 
the other boy asked Mr. McLeod if he could 
go up and get some more. He went to the 
cellar of the stock barn to get them. While he 
was gone, I put the corn in large piles and pick- 
ed up the seed ears and brought them to the 
end of the row. When the boy came back we 
picked some more. We got about forty-five 
bushels. A horse and wagon drew it to the 
stock barn. 

Robert W. Gregory. 

Our motto 

This year our third class has a motto. It 
is the custom of the graduating class only to 
have a motto, but this year we have one. We 
began to talk about it on the first day of this 
term. Out of five mottoes we chose ' ' Persevere". 
We selected a fellow to make the motto for us 
on cardboard. The cardboard is eight inches 
wide by twenty-five inches long. The letters 
are almost perpendicular. There is a draw- 
ing of a clover spray on one side. It is all done 
in black ink and we have it on our front black- 
board where we can all see it. We hope to 
live up to it. 

Alfred H. Neumann. 

J\ Came Squirrel 

Not long ago Mr. Bradley let six 
squirrels go from their cage. The cage now 
has monkeys in it. The squirrels are around 
the main building and in or about the orchard. 
One of them seems to be more tame than the rest. 
He will come up to you when you call him and 
take what you have to give, and then run to 
bury it. In a few minutes he will be back 
again for some more. It is fun to watch them. 
Horace P. Thrasher. 

maKiud a autter 

One morning Mr. Morrison told some 
other boys and me to go around the south end 
beach and pick up stones to make a gutter 
in the rear of the main building. We walked 
around and picked up some good ones. We 
call good ones rather round and flat. Some 
fellows had to take wheelbarrows to carry 
themi in and the rest had to pick them up. 
We picked four wheelbarrow-loads of about 
twenty stones each. This is all we could take 
at one time, because they were heavy. Mr. 
Morrison said they were good ones and let 
us go, because it was vacation. I went and 
played football from half past ten to quarter 
past eleven, and it was good sport. 

Donald W. Roby. 

Our Slovd Class 

Almost all the boys that go to school in the 
morning, in the third class, go to sloyd before 
school. When we come out from the dining- 
room we are lined up and Mr. Morrison tells 
the farm boys to pass, then the house boys, 
then the shop boys; then he tells the sloyd 
class to march to the shop which is opposite the 
house. We take off our coats and hats and 
stand by our benches. Our sloyd teacher rings 
a bell for the boys to pass out the pencils, the 
compasses, and the aprons. Then he rings a 
second bell for us to get our models and go to 
work. We work until a quarter of nine. Then 
the bell rings for the boys to collect the 
things they passed out. We stand by our 
benches again and another bell rings for 
us to get our hats and coats ready for school. 
Paul H. Gardner. 


Brookline n, Tarm School 

The second game of the season was play- 
ed on November 5th. with BrookUne Friendly 
Society. It was a grand victory for our eleven. 
Brookline kicked off to us and Probert, getting 
the ball, rushed it back to the thirty yard line 
before he was tackled. On the next two plays 
the ball was fumbled, but we still held posses- 
sion of it. Probert then took the ball around 
right end for fifteen yards. Clark took the 
ball around left end for a touchdown. The 
goal was kicked by Wittig. Brookline then 
kicked off to Norwood, who ran the ball to the 
twenty-yard line where he was downed. After 
several scrimmages Clark took the ball from 
the fifty yard line for the second touchdown. 
Wiitig kicked the goal. On the next kick-off 
Russell got the ball and brought it back to the 
twenty-five yard line before he was downed. 
After many end plays and line plunges, the ball 
was carried over by Probert for the third touch- 
down. Wittig failed to kick the goal. This 
ended the scoring for the first half. Score 
17 — in our favor. In the last half we made 
two more touchdowns, but Brookline put up a 
good game with formation plays through the line. 
Brookline was unable to gain much around our 
ends. The game ended with Brookline in pos- 
session of the ballon our forty yard line. The fi- 
nal score was 29 — in our favor. 

Leslie R. Jones. 

Uisit to the na()V Vard 

Last month the monitors went to the navy 
yard to see some of the boats. We first went 
on board the Constitution and saw all parts of 
it. S^me of the fellows registered in a book 
that was in one of the rooms. We then went 
to a dry dock where we saw a torpedo boat being 
built. After seeing how it was made, we went 
on board the Missouri. We went all over the 
main deck, seeing many things of interest. We 
saw the sailors working at different jobs. After 
looking at the guns and shells we went on 
board the new Maine, but did not go all over it. 
We then took a car and started for the Island. 
1 think that every body enjoyed the afternoon. 
William F. O'Conner. 

€ieatiind up Che Cof t 

One afternoon after I had finished my work 
in our reading room, I went to the east loft. I 
took a step-ladder so that I could reach two big 
shelves where there were some empty boxes. 
I took the boxes down from one shelf and sort- 
ed them; the ones with covers on 1 put in one 
place, the covers that did not have any boxes 
with them, in another place, and the boxes 
without covers in still another. When I got all 
the boxes down, I found some crutches which I 
put on another shelf. Then I began to put the 
boxes back, beginning with the largest. When 
it became dark I had to stop. 

Louis C. Darling. 

Catching field mice 

One Saturday afternoon two of us got per- 
mission to go to the north end of the island to 
catch field mice. We went to the bank that 
runs along the north end of the island and 
came back towards the house. We did not see 
any mice until we reached the grove about half 
way between the end of the island and the 
house. We had seen many holes and had dug 
around them, but had not found any mice. At 
last the other fellow went over the bank, while I 
stayed behind to examine a hole I had just 
found. Just as I was going to put my hand in, 
a mouse ran out and got away in the grass. I 
called the other fellow and we dug till we came 
to a nest, but there were no more mice in it. 

Fred Upton. 

B Toothall Game 

Oiie Saturday afternoon the fourth and 
fifth elevens had a football game. The fifth 
eleven rushed down the field about five yards. 
The fourth eleven had better players, so they 
held us until it was their ball. They made 
about five yards the first down and kept on 
gaining until they got a goal. The captain 
of the fourth eleven was Charles Watson and 
of the fifth, Louis Darling. Some of the fifth 
eleven could not gel out from their work, and 
this weakened our team. We had good fun 
and were none the worse for it. I like to play 
football very much. 

Leon H. Quinby. 


CI)ontp$on'$ Tsland Beacon 

Published Monthly by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 8. 

December 1904. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year 



Richard M. Saltonstall. 


Alfred Bowditch. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin O. Adams, 

I. Tucker Burr, Jr., 
Charles P. Curtis, Jr.. 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Henry S. Grew, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, 


Thanksgiving Day has come and gone; 
we hope the thanksgiving has not gone too. 
It is needful in this day of rush and bustle to 
designate one especial day for rejoicing and 
praise to the Giver of every good and perfect 
gift. Business and pleasure occupy our minds 
so largely that many of us would entirely forget 
to be thankful for our benefits, unless we were 
especially reminded. Then once a year we try 

to be thanktul for the multitude of benefits that 
have been ours in the year past. Can one 
short breath of praise compensate for a year of 
blessing? Can one little shower make up for a 
year of drought? 

What are we taught? Let's see. "In 
every thing by prayer and supplication with 
thanksgiving let your requests be made known", - 
in every thing with thanksgiving, every suppli- 
cation, every request. Do we have requests, 
wants, but one day in the year? Most of us, it 
seems, have them every day, three hundred and 
sixty-five days in the year. We are here 
taught to accompany every request with thanks- 
giving. Daily thanksgiving, every day a 
Thanksgiving Day — that is the rational way. 
If we acknowledge gifts from earthly parents 
and friends when we receive them, how much 
rather should we gratefully acknowledge the 
receipt of the abiding blessings that come to 
us. It is the daily thanksgiving, not the yearly, 
which truly counts. The careless man who 
lets his debts accumulate soon finds that he 
cannot pay them. May we not let our thanks- 
giving end with one Thanksgiving Day, but may 
we rather accompany every request with 
thanksgiving, lest we forget. U. R lT\o</^^^yY^ 


Nov. 1. Put on winter suits. 
Began harvesting beets and carrots. 
Nov. 2. Long distance telephone inspect- 


James A. Edsonleft the School to work 

Ir. Edwin V. Aldrich of Keene, N. H. 

Nov. 3. Harvested mangels. 

Nov. 4. "The Boys of St. Marks" given 
to the library by Manager Henry S. Grew. 

Nov. 5. Graduates Edward L. Davis and 
Charles F. Spear visited the School. 

A game of football with the Brookline 
Friendly Society. The School team won by a 
score of 23 to 0. 

Nov. 6. Sunday. Rev. S. H. Hilliard 


addressed the boys at 3 P. M. 

Nov. 7. Boys received mittens. 

Took up celery and packed in the celery 

Nov. 8. Screens taken off. 

Nov. 9. Blacksmith shod all the horses. 

Nov. 10. Repaired leaky water pipes in 
stock barn. 

Received one lot of London Illustrated 
News from Mrs. John Q. Adams. 

Nov. 11. One lot of books for the li- 
brary received from Mr. John H. Holmes, 
editor of the Boston Herald. 

Finished hauling corn from the south end 

Nov. 12. Football game with the Wake- 
field High School. Score: Farm School, 10, 
Wakefield, 6. 

Manager Thomas F. Tem.ple and friends 
and the Rev. Edward Cummings with a party of 
his young people visited the School. 

Nov. 14. Harvested cabbage. 

Nov. 15. Harvested turnips. 

Hauled up the Lozier launch. 

Nov. 16. Graduate Harold E. Brenton 
and friends called; also George A. English. 

Nov. 17. Dr. Burr inspected live stock. 

City Point landing scow, having been dam- 
aged by storm, towed here and repaired. 

Treasurer Arthur Adams, Manager Henry 
S. Grew, and Mr. S. V. R. Crosby visited the 

Nov. 18. Double windows put on. 

Hauled clay for the skating pond. 

Nov. 19. Pianos tuned. 

Finished hauling corn. 

A number of instructors and the football 
team with subs saw the Brown-Dartmouth game 
of football, tickets for which were given by 
Manager Henry S. Grew. 

Nov. 20. Sunday. Instructors and boys 
attended church in town. 

Nov. 21. Load of dressing from Wal- 

Nov. 23. Spaded around the apple trees_ 
Replaced and strengthened broken floor- 

ing in stock barn. 

Nov. 24. Thanksgiving Day. Sixty-five 
graduates with their wives and children were 

Annual football game with the Alumni re- 
sulted in a score of 6 to in favor of the 
School team. 

Nov. 25. Finished plowingin the orchard. 

Graduate John J. Powers visited the 

Col. Joseph F. Scott, general superintend- 
ent, Mr. P.J. McDonnell, deputy superintend- 
ent, and Mr. W. N. Estabrook, trustee of the 
New York State Reformatory. Elmira, N. Y., 
visited the School. 

Nov. 27. Sunday. Prof. Carl Behr with 
his club and orchestra gave a concert at 
3 P.M. 

Nov. 28. A load of dressing from Wal- 

Nov. 29. Put on winter shirts. 

Finished wiring new poultry pens. 

Housed the gaff and lowered the topmast 
on the main flagstaff. 

Nov. 30 Flooded skating pond for the 
first time. 

jum School Bank 

Cash on hand November 1, 1904 
Deposited during the month 

Withdrawn during the month 
Cash on hand December 1, 1904 




Unloading the Scow 

One afternoon about eleven of us unloaded 
the scow which was full of bags of bran. The 
hay wagon was on the wharf, into which we put 
the bran. Some of the fellows lifted the bags 
from the scow to the wharf; then two of us put 
them into the wagon. After we got a load we 
took it to the storage barn. The rest went to 
the stock barn basement. The bran is used for 
food for the cattle. 

William F. O'Conner 


Our Cast Kudbv 6anie 

We had our last game of rugby on 
Thanksgiving Day. It was a game to which 
we had all been looldng forward for some time 
as it was played against the Alumni. The 
game started about half past two with twenty 
and twenty-five minute halves. The graduates 
won the toss and chose to rush down the field. 
The School kicked off to the Alumni. They 
rushed the ball to the School's thirty yard line. 
There the game see-sawed for quite a while, 
but the School gradually worked the ball up to 
the Alumni's ten yard line where time was 
called for the first half. Ten minutes inter- 
mission followed which the fellows used in 
kicking the ball around and in talking. In the 
second half the Alumni kicked tlie ball to the 
School, who rushed it down quite quickly for a 
touchdown by Russell. Goal was kicked by 
Wittig. Then the School kicked off to the Al- 
umni who carried the ball down to the School's 
forty-yard line. On the next play Curley, the 
right half back, made a good run around the 
School's right end, which brought him down to 
the twenty-yard line. Then a succession of 
centre plays brought them within a few inches 
of the goal. They failed to make the re- 
quired distance on the third down and lost the 
ball. It was punted by our right half back to 
the thirty-yard line. Here it see-sawed for the 
rest of the half. The final score was 6 — 
in favor of the School. We enjoyed watching 
this hard fought game very much and wish we 
might have another. 

Warren H. Bryant. 

f)iirvM and Pcnn. dame 

1 had the pleasure with a number of other 
fellows of going to see a game of football be- 
tween Harvard and Pennsylvania. We started 
about 1:30 P.M. on the steamer and took 
the cars to the game. The streets were crowd- 
ed, so we had to play rugby ourselves for 
awhile; but as we were all rugby players we had 
quite an easy time of it. We finally got in to 
our seats. We had to go in squads, so that we 
all could get seats. The game had started 

about five minutes before we got there, so we did 
not see the start. Penn. was lighter than Har- 
vard, but she made it up in tricks, as Harvard 
was very slow. Penn. once had the ball with- 
in three or four yards of Harvard's goal, but 
could not get any further. Harvard kicked it 
out of danger. Penn. did much better kicking 
than Harvard. The Penn. quarter back was 
a smaller fellow than the others on the team, but 
he did some excellent playing. When the Har- 
vard men were going to tackle him, he leaped 
right over them and got by. Once he made a 
fine play around end and had almost reached 
the goal, when he was tackled and the ball 
knocked out of his hand. At the end of the 
first half the players seemed quite anxious to 
have a rest and they retired from the field for 
about ten minutes. They came back all ready 
for the beginning of the second half. The 
playing was not so interesting as it was in the 
first half, for Harvard was waking up to the 
game and it was much harder for Penn. to gain. 
The players on the Penn. team seemed to 
be stronger built, as there were not nearly so 
many fellows laid up on their side as on 
Harvard's. The Penn. full back was hurt sev- 
eral times, but would not leave the game al- 
though his team wanted him to go. The final 
score was 1 1 — 0. The scoring was all done 
in the first half. The game was in favor of 
Pennsylvania. As it was the first game of 
foot ball I ever saw between the colleges, 
it was exceedingly interesting. I hope to 
see many more such games. We enjoyed 
the afternoon very much, thanks to the treas- 
urer, Mr Arthur Adams. 

George A. C. McKenzie. 

Our Rorscs 

We have five working horses, and one 
carriage horse. We have the largest horse 
that has been on the island for a long time. 
He is called " Major". He is over eighteen 
hands high and has very long legs. Max, the 
next largest, is very gentle. Jim is very old 
and not very lively. Barbara is nervous. Dan 
is a little fiery and will not work much when 
in the double harness. "Captain" is a good 
carriage horse. Charles A. Graves. 



€bd$ing a KM 

One afternoon two of us had to clean 
around the pouUry house. We were taking 
some lumber from one pile and putting it in an- 
other. We were all done but a few boards, when 
a rat suddenly ran out. He ran for the poultry 
house and I ran after him, while the other boy 
got a club. I chased him out and a fellow 
picking apples hit him. The rat squealed. 
The other fellow hit him and I killed him by 
stepping on his head. There were large trails 
all around there, one of which led to the nest. It 
was around hole filled with leaves and feathers. 
We looked for the mate, but did not see him. 
Leonard S. Hayden. 

Getting Ready for lU inter 

One day after the dining room and kitchen 
fellows were dismissed, Mr. Morrison asked us 
to go with him. We went to the storage barn to 
get the blue cart and then went down to the 
wharf. There he told us to put two large boxes 
into the cart and the sails of the Winslow and 
the Trevore. Then he said we were to wheel 
it up the rear avenue. When we got up by the 
house, he told us to wheel it on the tennis lawn. 
We then took some of the sails and spread them 
on the lawn and held them there, while one fellow 
went after some pegs to hold them down; then 
we put two more over the line in the clothes- 
yard. Two fellows took the boxes to the wash- 
room, while two others returned the cart to the 

Philip S. May. 

Piaving KugDy 

Every afternoon when 1 get out of the 
kitchen 1 join the dining room boys for a game 
of rugby. There are three other kitchen boys 
and five dining room boys. When we all get 
out on the play-ground two boys are chosen for 
captains and they pick sides. When they have 
chosen the boys we begin the game. Once in 
awhile we have it pretty hard when we are 
running up hill. At half past four I have to 
leave and go into the kitchen when it is my 
week on. 

Joseph A. Kalberg. 

Cbe Tootball 6ante 

Through the kindness of Mr. Grew, one of 
our Managers, the football squad and a number of 
our instructors, making thirty-one people in all, 
had the pleasure of attending the Dartmouth 
and Brown football game. We had a special 
car to take us to the grounds and we arrived 
before the game started. Both elevens took 
about five minutes for practice; then the whistle 
blew and the game began by Dartmouth kick- 
ing to Brown. Brown fought hard, but was 
forced to a fake kick to make her distance. 
She made a few more downs, but was forced 
to kick. Dartmouth, catching the ball, gained a 
few yards each down and succeeded in getting 
a touchdown. The goal was kicked making 
the score 6 to 0. Brown then kicked to Dart- 
mouth. Dartmouth carried the ball to Brown's 
goal for a touchdown, and again kicked it 
over the bars, making the score 12 to in 
Dartmouth's favor. Then Dartmouth kicked 
to Brown who made quite a distance towards 
Dartmouth's goal. Brown made a fake kick and 
a large gain and finally scored a touchdown. 
Brown kicked to Dartmouth, who made a 
good stand. Then time was called. In the 
second half Brown was quicker and made larg- 
er gains, but could not score. She almost 
pushed the ball over the Dartmouth line, but 
was held for downs. Dartmouth got the ball 
and almost scored a touchdown, when time was 
called. It was an excellent game and we all 
thoroughly enjoyed it and felt very grateful to 
Mr. Grew. 

Carl. L. Wittig. 

Stars ana €iub$ 

In one corner of our schoolroom there 
are two cards, one for stars, the other for clubs. 
If you are in the first grade one week, you 
get a gold club. If you are in there four 
weeks in succession, you will receive a blue one. 
If your work is good In school for one day, you 
receive a gold star. If your work is good for 
one week, you receive a red one. At the begin- 
ning of each term we begin a new column. We 
all like these records for we know how we are 
getting along. Charles A. McEacheren. 



The annual reunion of the graduates of 
the Farm School and the meeting of the 
Alumni Association was held at the School on 
Thanksgiving Day. Sixty-six graduates were 
present and six others were at the landing who 
did not go with us. On our arrival at the 
School the annual meeting was called in the 
seco'id schoolroom, twenty-nine members 
being present. Twelve new members were 
admitted, making a total of 114 members in 
the Association. The Treasurer's report 
showed the Association to be in better con- 
dition financially than ever. The Association 
was informed of the death of George 0. 
Whitaker and of the accident to Edgar E. 
Johnson. The Committee on Delinquent 
Dues reported on those in arrears. It was voted 
to hold over the list of members suspended for 
non-payment of dues to the first of the year in 
order to give them another opportunity to re-in- 
state themselves; at that time a list of members 
will be published in the Beacon. The nominating 
committee also reported. As Mr. Bradley was 
ready for us, we adjourned until after dinner, 
which was served in the Chapel. Here we 
gathered as in former years and as usual enjoy- 
ed a good-sized Thanksgiving dinner. All ate 
heartily and some did even better. After din- 
ner we had the pleasure of hearing from Mr. 
Bradley and from Mr. John F. Kilton, a friend 
of the School. He spoke to us in re- 
gard to the School and the Alumni Associa- 
tion. He urged those not members of the As- 
sociation to join. If the graduates present, not 
members of the Association, would only 
consider what he said our membership would 
undoubtedly be increased. The thanks of the 
Association was voted to Mr. and Mrs. Bradley 
and to the Board of Managers for their 
kindness to us on this and other occasions. 
Other special business was passed on and the 
following officers were elected for the ensuing 
year. All were present and accepted the offices 
with the exception of the 1st. Vice-President. 
President, George Buchan, Cambridge; 1st. 
Vice-President, Alden B. Hefler, Hyde Park; 

2nd. Vice-President, William L. Snow, 

Dorchester; Secretary, Merton P. Ellis, Cam- 
bridge; Treasurer, Herbert W. French, Chelsea; 
Historian, Alfred C. Malm, Brighton. The 
following committees were appointed by the 

Membership Com. Badge Com. 

Geo. Buchan, Ch. Geo. Buchan, Ch. 

Alden B. Hefler Herbert W. French 

William L. Snow Thomas Brown 
Merton P. Ellis 

Herbert W. French Entertainm't Com. 

Thomas Brown Merton P. Ellis, Ch. 

Ernest Curley George Buchan 

Ernest E. Clattenberg Thomas Brown 
William A. Horsfall 

Special Pin Com. Auditing Com. 

Merton P. Ellis, Ch. Ernest Curley. Ch. 

Alden B. Hefler William L. Snow 

Clarence W. Loud Walter Hermann 

Sick and Visiting Com. Resolutions Com. 

H. W. French, Ch. 
Alfred C. Malm 
William A. Horsfal 

Geo. Buchan, Ch. 
Almond H. Dutton 
Alfred C. Malm 

Delinquent Dues Com. 
Merton P. Ellis, Ch. 
Charles Duncan 
Horace F. Edmands 
William A. Horsfall 
William L. Snow. 

After our meeting we adjourned to the 
football field to witness a very close game be- 
tween the Alumni and the School. The 
School won by the score of six to nothing. 
After the game we returned to the Chapel where 
singing and dancing were enjoyed for some 
time. At five o'clock we started for the boat 
and were soon at City Point again, having spent 
a most enjoyable day at our Old Home. As 
usual, cheers were given for Mr. Bradley and 
the Managers. The good time did not end un- 
til the crowd got out of the cars at Dover Street. 

Beacon Supplement 

Thompson's Island, December, 1904. 

Our thanks 

Each year the boys are given an oppor- 
tunity on the day before Thanl^sgiving to state 
their special reasons for thanksgiving. The 
following are some of their expressions. 


I am thankful that the Managers let the 
first eleven go to see two games of football. 
I am thankful that Mr. Temple came to see a 
game of football that we won, for which he 
gave each of us a dollar. 1 am thankful for 
what Mr. Bradley has done for me. I am 
thankful I have been able to build a cottage in 
Cottage Row. I am thankful 1 am no worse 
than I am. I am thankful Mr. Bradley did not 
go to New York this summer. 

Robert McKay. 

I am thankful that I have enjoyed good 
health in the past year and am in good health 
at the present time. I am thankful for all the 
opportunities 1 am having of being a good, true 
citizen of our Republic. I am also grateful for 
having my friends in good health and prosperity. 

I. Banks Quinby. 

I am thankful that there are so many Man- 
agers working in my interest and that Mr. and 
Mrs. Bradley are leading me in the right. I 
am thankful to those who have added to my pleas- 
ure during the past year by taking me to rugby 
games, on car rides, and providing me dainties, 
1 am thankful to all who have helped to make a 
man of me and urged me on to be a good citizen 
in the great country of America. 

Walter D. Norwood. 

First of all I should be and am thankful 
that 1 was allowed to enter this school. It is 
said, "Actions speak louder than words." 
and 1 intend to show by my actions that 1 am 
really thankful for what has been done for me. 

Besides being thankful for the things we enjoy 
every day in the year, I wish to extend my 
thanks to the Managers and Mr. and Mrs. 
Bradley and the instructors who have contri- 
buted in no small tneasure to iny pleasure 
since I came here. I am thankful I have com- 
pleted the class room work and sloyd given at 
this school. In vain would I try to write all 
the things for which I ain thankful; but I would 
like to express my thankfulness to any one who 
has helped me in any way, however small it may 
have seemed at the time. 

Charles H. O'Conner. 

first Class. 

I am thankful for everything that is done 
for iTie. I atn thankful that 1 am the leader of 
the new band, and that I work in the bakery. 
I ain thankful that I have such good help in my 
work and studies. I ain thankful for the kind- 
ness of Mr. Bradley in staying with us as our 
Superintendent. I am thankful for the kindness 
shown me by Mrs. Bradley and the teachers 
and those who have to do with me. I am also 
thankful for the concealed kindness of the Mana- 
gers and for what my mother has done for me. 
Warren H. Bryant. 

As it is the custotn all over the United 
States to give up the last Thursday in the month 
of November to thanksgiving and praise to 
Almighty God, we should give thanks and praise 
from, the bottom of our hearts. I am sure I am 
thankful for the good dinner we get, and that I 
have good health. I am very thankful that I 
entered this school, where I can get my educa- 
tion and learn the different things that we 
need in life. We may not at the present time 
realize what good it is doing for us, but we will 
all be thankful at the end. I am thankful for 
the good instructors that help to carry cut the 
wise plans of the Superintendent and the Mana- 
gers. 1 am thankful that 1 can take part in all the 
sports which develop the muscles that would not 


otherwise get the development. ! am thankful 
for a good many things I can not express in 

S. Gordon Stackpole. 

Second €1^$$. 

I am thankful that my brother's leg is get- 
ting better; that my grandmother is almost well; 
that my arm is getting along nicely; that I have 
a good teacher and instructors. I am thank- 
ful that Mr. Bradley did not go to New York. 
There are many more things for which I am 
thankful. Harold E. Daniels. 

I am thankful I am alive to express my 
thanks and have a brain, hands, eyes, and ears 
to make up my thanks. I am thankful I have 
been brought up as 1 have, and that I am get- 
ting a good education so that I may be a man 
of knowledge. I am thankful 1 have a bed to 
sleep in, a place to eat, and a place to keep 
myself clean. I am thankful I have been kept 
well and free from bad diseases. I am thank- 
ful that there has been somebody before me to 
set a good example for me, and I hope some 
day 1 may set an example for others. 

Everett A. Rich. 

I am thankful that God gave me such a 
good father and mother; and that He has 
spared my mother to live and take care of me. 
1 am thankful that 1 have a good teacher to 
teach me. I am thankful that our country is 
trying to make the people more Christian than 
those foreign countries. I am thankful that I 
came here, for my mother and I think I will 
get a better education down here than I would 
get in the city. I hope all the people are thank- 
ful for this great place which the Managers 
have given us. 

George A. Matthews. 

I am thankful my mother and sister have 
met with no accident or illness. I am thankful 
that I am alive at this Thanksgiving time, and 
for the care taken over me this year. I am 
thankful for the interest Mr. Bradley is taking 
in me, and that he lets me try for the Woggle- 
bug prizes, of which I have received two, of one 
dollar each. I am thankful I am not in the fourth 

grade on Thanksgiving Day. I am thankful that 
I am not one of the many who will not get such 
a Thanksgiving dinner as we will tomorrow. 
I am so thankful for the rest 1 can not express 
myself in words. 

Horace P. Thrasher. 

I have many things to be thankful for. 
First of all, I have been well all through the 
year. I have had a good time ever since I 
came here and am glad that I came to such a 
good place to live for a while. I have always 
had a good teacher. I am thankful I have 
heard from my friends often. I am thankful 
for every thing and everybody. 

Raymond E. Atwood. 

1 am thankful 1 can do fairly good wood 
work, blacksmithing and milking. I am thank- 
ful for a good mother and for those who have 
helped me. I am thankful I have graduated 
from the Loyal Temperance Legion. I am 
thankful 1 have been cared for nearly seven 
years on this Island and thus kept away from 
the city's evils. 

Ralph O. Anderson. 

The custom has been handed down through 
many generations of setting apart in the year a 
day for thanking God for the many things which 
we are eiijoying. 1 express a few things here. 
1 am thankful 1 have the pleasure of seeing my 
mother improving in health and able to enjoy 
another Thanksgiving. I am thankful I have 
such a fine opportunity to get my education and 
start in life. ! am thankful 1 have such good 
health and strength. I am also very thankful 
that I have Mr. Bradley's advice, which 1 think 
is the most important factor in my early life. 

John J. Emory. 

I am thankful that I have been in the first 
grade a few times and that I am not now in the 
fourth grade. I am thankful that 1 am in the 
second class and that 1 don't have language 
every day; and that my teacher reads a story 
to us once in awhile. I am thankful I have a few 
friends. I am thankful I work on the farm. I 
am thankful I could go to church, to the Navy 
Yard and to a few rugby games. 

Ernest E. Nichols. 



third €ia$$. 

I am thankful that I have progressed along 
my line of work by the help of the instructors and 
the Superintendent. I am thankful that it is 
not impossible to rise in the grade system. I 
am so thankful that I can not express my 
thankfulness in words. 

William F. O'Connor. 

I am thankful for the Visiting Days when 
I can see my friends, and for all the holidays 
and pleasures we have, such as seeing the 
diver go down and having rides around the 

Ralph H. Marshall. 

I am thankful for my meals and clothing, 
for my bed and good treatment, and for my 
schooling and light work. 


I am thankful for my home, food and 
clothing, and for the education I am getting. I 
am thankful for the kind things the teachers 
and instructors do for me and for the special 
lessons 1 get on the clarinet. I can not tell 
how many things I am thankful for. 

Paul H. Gardner. 

I am thankful that I am strong; that I 
know how to iron my clothes and wash my own 
dishes, and how to sew and make beds. I 
am thankful that I can go to school and that 
I have gone tlirough sloyd. 

James Clifford. 

I am most thankful for having a warm and 
comfortable home to live in. 1 am thankful 
that it is so near Thanksgiving. I am thankful 
that 1 am so well and strong and can play and 
tumble around so much in rugby. I am 
thankful for what Mr. Bradley has done for me 
since i have been down here. I am thankful 
that my friends are well and strong. I am 
also thankful that it is near winter when we go 
out coasting and tobogganing. 

Joseph A. Kalberg. 

I am thankful for the good home I have. \ 
am thankful for the Visiting Days when we can 
see our friends, and for Thanksgiving and Christ- 
mas. I am thankful I am in sloyd and on the 
farm where 1 can get strong and healthy. 

Donald W. Roby. 

Tourtb Class. 

I am thankful that I am a good boy. I am 
thankful for the bed I sleep in, for the clothes I 
have, for our dining room and for my winter 

Robert R. Matthews. 

I am thankful that rugby season has come 
and that I have had the pleasure of seeing the 
games. I expect to be in the first eleven some 
time. I am thankful that Mr. Bradley did not 
leave the School. I am thankful that we have 
a very nice home to live in until we are ready 
to go away. I am thankful for the Thanksgiving 
Day we have once a year. I am thankful for 
the large dinner that we have and that we may 
have an hour and a quarter to eat in. 

Charles H. Whitney. 

I am thankful for the education I am 
getting. I am thankful that the Superintendent 
of this school didn't leave. I am thankful 
because I am not a girl. 

Elmer Bowers. 

I am thankful that Mr. Bradley did not 
leave the School and go to New York. I am 
thankful that I am here Thanksgiving time. I 
am thankful for the winter caps and mittens. I 
am thankful for the bright warm November 
days. I am thankful for what the School has 
done for me; that I am having such a good ed- 
ucation: and that I am in the second grade. I 
am thankful that my uncle is alive. 1 am 
thankful that I can play football; and that the 
boys have such good times. 

Robert H. May. 

1 am thankful that Mr. Bradley did not go 
away. I am thankful that I have a pair of 
warm mittens and a warm sweater and cap. I 
am thankful that Thanksgiving is near at hand. 
I am thankful for the good Superintendent we 
have. I am thankful that I have not been sick 
and that I have a warm bed. 

Prescott B. Merrifield. 


I am thankful that my teacher allows me 
to tell what 1 am thankful for. 1 am. thankful 
that Mr. Bradley was so kind in allowing my 
brothers and me to come down here. I am 
thankful Mr, Bradley did not leave the School. 
I am thankful 1 am a milker, that we have 
warm clothss to wear and good beds; that God 
has provided everything that v/e need, and that 
1 have been well cared for. I am thankful that 
the instructors correct us in our wrong doings. 
I am thankful for every thing that is done for 
me. Harold L. Marshall. 

I am thankful that 1 have a good mother 
and sister living. 1 am thankful Mr. Bradley 
is a good man and that he did not leave. I 
am glad we have good instructors. 

Henry G. Ekman. 

I am thankful for v/hat the School has done 
for me. 1 am thankful Mr. Bradley did not 
leave us. 1 am thankful for the turkey we ge^ 
Thanksgiving. 1 am thankful for my winter 
cap. Jaimes p. Embree. 

I am thankful for all that Mr. and Mrs. 
Bradley have done for me. They have been 
very kind to me and 1 feel very grateful. I 
feel very thankful for all that Miss Hursey has 
done for me. 1 am glad that the Pilgrims 
thought of thanking God for what He had done 
for them. Weston Esau. 

I am thankful for warm clothes, cap and 
mittens, and for a warm bed. I am thankful 
that I have a book at school and that I learn 
something every day. 1 am thankful that 1 can 
go to Sabbath School. 

Louis Reinhard. 

1 am thankful for the good things I get 
and for my warm clothes. I am thankful that 
Mr. Bradley did not leave the School when he 
had the opportunity. I am thankful for the 
nice teacher I have. I am thankful we are a 
free country. I am thankful for Thanksgiving 
and praise to God. 

Alfred W. Jacobs. 

1 am thankful for the schooling we have 
and for the trades we learn, and for our 
Superintendent. 1 am thankful for the food we 
get, for our cottages, for the house we live in 
and for the gardens we have. 1 am thankful 
for the steamer. 1 am thankful for the things 
we get to wear in winter. 

Earle C. Marshall. 

Tiftb Class. 

1 am thankful that Mr. Bradley let me 
come down here. I am thankful that Miss 
Walton, our teacher, is so kind to us. 

J. Herman Marshall. 

I am thankful for the mittens which Mr. 
Bradley bought for the boys, and that I have a 
sweater this winter. 1 am thankful Mr. Bradley 
did not leave the School and go to another. 1 
am thankful that Christmas is coming. I am 
thankful that 1 am in this School and that I am 
getting along so well. 

Clarence S. Nelson. 

I am thankful Mr. Bradley did not go 
away. I am thankful forthegood clothes I get, 
for the good place we have to live in, and for 
the good friends that think of me and send me 

Albert S. Beetchy. 

I am thankful that Mr. Bradley did not go 
away. 1 am thankful that we have warm clothes, 
that I work on the farm, and that 1 have friends. 
I am thankful to-morrow is Thanksgiving. 1 
am thankful 1 have a mother and sister. 

George J. Balch. 

1 am thankful for the education I am 
getting, for the friends 1 have, and that we have 
a good Superintendent. 1 am thankful that I 
got out of the fourth grade for Thanksgiving. 
I am thankful for the good teacher I have. I 
am thankful that Mr. Bradley did not leav.e the 
School. I am thankful that I have not been 
sick and that 1 have a good bed to sleep in. 
James R. Gregory. 



Vol. 8. No. 9. 

Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 

January, 1905. 

Entered Novemoer 23. 1903, at Boston. Mass.. as Second-class matter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 

CbriStmaS €ntCrtdinitlCnt tlon on the Swiss Hand Bells by the same two. 
December the twenty-sixth, nineteen The thing which interested me the most was 
hundred and four, dawned with many a " Merry the last number on the program which was en- 
Christmas". The usual distribution of presents titled. " A Jolly Night With The Spirits," by 
and tokens of friendship took place in the Baril. He used in this a cabinet or enclosure 
forenoon. But the pleasures of the day were made of cloth. He let two fellows tie his 
not to come to a close with that, for, through hands and feet to a chair. He then went in- 
the kindness of one of our Managers., Mr. to the cabinet and as soon as he got inside there 
Arthur Adams, the boys were given the great was a loud ringing of bells. You could see the 
pleasure of enjoying a fine entertainment. bells at the bottom and then at the top. He 
Each person was given a program as .he came let one of the fellows go in with him and when 
into the chapel. The Marshalls took a very he came out his coat was nearly off and his 
prominent part in the afternoon's pleasures and suspenders were down, and he looked as 
acted their parts very well. The opening oi though he had had a fight with the magician, 
the program was two fine selections with and come out second best. We enjoyed the 
Swiss Hand Bells, played by Trie Marshalls. afternoon very much ana thank Mr. Adams 
The first was "Misereie" from 11 Trovatore, by for the pleasure he gave us. 
Verdi. The second was a "Flower Song" George A. C. McKenzie. 
by G. Lange. Next was a song by Miss Edith COdlitl^ ilP 
Marshall which 1 enjoyed very much. Follow- The coal is brought from the barn to the 
ing this came a fine violin solo by Miss Gertrude bins in the cfellar, when the supply gets low. 
Marshall. Besides these enjoyable songs and The chute is run from the top of the stairs 
music, there were some very interesting stunts through the door, and the lower end set on a 
in magic performed by Baril, which we all liked sawhorse so that wheelbarrows can be run 
very much. He told us to try some of them under to load up. One boy is stationed at the 
when we got a chance, but we have not succeed- foot of the chute to tell the shovelers when to 
ed in doing them quite all yet. Next came stop. Another boy keeps the coal collected as it 
some other very pretty selections played by falls from the wheelbarrows. Two boys take 
Miss Edith Marshall. This was followed by a the coal to the bins. Last time Mr. McLeod and 
few impersonations in costume which were I were shoveling into the chute. The single horse 
pleasing to us all. Then our attention was' cart came up first, and before we got all the coal 
claimed by some very interesting slight of shoveled away the double team came. We got 
hand tricks by Baril. We enjoyed these a this partly shoveled before the cart came 
great deal. N.ext came an excellent Xylophone again. After the double team had made a few 
duet played by Misses Ethelyn and Gertrude trips it had to be taken off as we could not take 
Marshall, followed by a selection on a musical care of all the coal, 
lyre with the violin obligato, and another selec- S. Gordon Stackpole. 


Btindks front f)ome 

At Thanksgiving and Christmas time all 
the boys are happy over the thought of getting 
bundles from home. On Monday, the day after 
Christmas, at ten o'clock in the morning the 
fellows marched up to the chapel to get the 
bundles that u/ere sent them. Ur. Clark and 
Mr. Mann gave them out. You can imagine 
our joy when we saw the good things for us. 
After we had taken all we wanted at the time 
from our bundles, we put the remainder in our 
drawers for another time. 

Albert S. Beetchy. 


There has been some good skating lately. 
As we haven't a pond we flood a meadow back 
of the orchard. This year the pond is a good 
deal larger as it is banked up. The fellows that 
are in the first grade go skating every day, 
and the fellows in the second go every other 
day. When there is skating at night the first- 
graders go. They have lamps and lanterns and 
sometimes build a bonfire. Hockey games 
generally come off on Saturdays and are 
always exciting. Snap the whip is played, while 
some fellows cut circles and others go on their 
heads trying to. A .seat has been built with 
a shield to break the wind. 

William C. J. Frueh. 

Sending away Beacons 

About two weeks before the Beacons 
come from the printing office the office boys 
have to put tlie subscribers' names on the 
wrappers. For this we have a machine, called 
a mailer. Before the names are put on 
the wrappers they have to be looked over 
and any mistakes corrected by Mrs. Morrison. 
The names are in strips, about thirty in 
each strip. After they have been corrected, 
all of the strips are pasted together and rolled 
up on a reel in the back of the mailer. In the 
front is a small box in which we put the paste. 
Then the end of the paper is run through a slide 
and under a roller which fits into the box of paste, 
and out under two pieces of steel wire projecting 
from the sides. In the very front is a knife to 
cut the names off. When you want to move 

the paper ahead you turn a wooden roller on the 
top, and cog wheels on the side push it forward. 
You press down hard to shut the knife which 
cuts off the names. Thus the name is put on 
and the wrapper is passed to the other boy, who 
wipes off the paste that comes on the edge of 
the names. Wnen the wrappers are all finished 
they are put away until the Beacons are ready. 
When the Beacons come to the office one boy 
folds them while the other wraps them up. 
They are folded so as to turn in the first page. 
When a few are folded they are brought to me to 
wrap up. This is the way I wrap them. I 
take about ten wrappers and spread them out so 
that the edge farthest away from me will be about 
one-fourth of an inch beyond the one before it. I 
then put mucilage on the edges farthest away. 
1 put a Beacon on a wrapper so that it is 
about a quarter of an inch away from the 
edge nearest to me; then I turn this edge over 
the Beacon. 1 tlien turn the Beacon over to 
where the mucilage is and turn the mucilaged 
edge over and press it down. When the Bea- 
cons are all folded and wrapped they are sorted 
for the different suburbs of Boston. Those out 
of Boston and its suburbs are put into bundles 
which go at pound rates, while those for Boston 
and its suburbs have a one cent stamp put en 
them. When all are stamped they are put into a 
large mail bag and are taken to the Post Office. 
There are about one thousand and eight hundred 
Beacons printed each month. 

A. Leroy Sawyer. 

fietting Onions from the Root Cellar 

I was told to go up to the house with 
two bushels of corn and then meet one of 
the farmers at the farm house. 1 took the 
corn up. put away the wheelbarrow and met 
him. The farmer told me to take a bushel box 
and a wheelbarrow over to the root cellar. He 
unlocked the door and told me to climb up into 
the bin and pick out the smallest onions. We 
worked together and it took us about ten 
minutes to pick a bushel. I pushed the box 
over to the farmer. He took it out to the 
wheelbarrow and I brought it up to the house. 
Ernest C . Nichols. 


Cbe new Vcar's entertainment. 

On New Year's eve there was a sur- 
prise for us in the shape of an entertainment 
given by one of our kind Managers, Mr. Thomas 
F. Temple. We were first informed of it when 
in line to go to bed, when we were told instead 
to go to the chapel. We found that most of 
the Christmas decorations had been taken down 
and a large curtain put up at the front of the 
platform. The bugler sounded the "Assembly" 
and we waited while the instructors came in 
and were shown seats at the rear of the chapel, 
where a platform had been put up for their bene- 
fit. In a few moments singing began back of 
the curtain and continued for several minutes. 
Then the curtain was lifted and we saw five min- 
strels seated in a semicircle and a sixth seated 
at the piano. They cracked jokes and sang 
popular southern song by turns for quite a while. 
Then came a comedy by two men, one dressed 
asa tramp and the other as a gentleman. The 
tramp had on roller skates and showed quite a 
little, skill as a twirler and dancer on them. 
The gentleman sang some popular songs and 
then disguised himself as a clown, and got the 
tramp to teach him how to skate on roller skates. 
The result was highly amusing. Neither pre- 
tended to know how to skate and they had some 
amusing experiences. Thus one act succeeded 
another until it was late. Every one was 
kept in almost continuous laughter from 
start to finish and we all thoroughly enjoyed it. 
The next event was the presenting of a 
twenty-dollar gold piece by Mr. Temple, to the 
boy whom the other boys elected as being the 
most popular. Mr. Temple made the offer last 
New Year's and since then there has been much 
rivalry over it. When the vote was cast it show- 
ed a general favor for Barney Hill, who receiv- 
ed seventy-four votes against six for Carl Wittig 
and eight for George McKenzie. the other two 
candidates. Then Mr. Bradley presented Mr. 
Temple who spoke to the School, after which he 
gave the gold piece to Barney Hill. As Bar- 
ney received it someone in the audience called 
out "speech, speech," and Barney blushnd but 
managed to summon enough courage to thank all 

who voted for him and to thank Mr. Tem- 
ple for his kind gift. Mr. Bradley next presented 
Mr. Danforth, Secretary of the Mass. Mutual Fire 
Insurance Union, and Mr. J. R. Morse, our band 
instructor, and they both addressed us. Then 
we marched up to the dormitories and went to 
bed after taps had sounded, tired but more than 
thankful to Mr. Temple for his kindness. 

George B. Beetchy. 

B musical entertainment 

On Sunday, November twenty-eighth, 
we had the pleasure of hearing a musical 
entertainment given by the Carl Behr 
Club and Orchestra of Boston. Mr. Behr 
formerly was a member of the Boston Sym- 
phony Orchestra. The first number was a 
selection from Tannhauser by Wagner, in which 
all the players took part. After the applause 
which followed, there was a clarinet solo entitled 
"Alia pollaca" by Senor Benaventi. This was 
played by himself. The clapping was so 
enthusiastic and prolonged that he was induced 
to play an encore. The third number was 
entitled "Largo" by "Handel," and "Evening 
Breezes" by Langley. Following this compo- 
sition came a violin solo, "Air and Variations." 
by Vientemps which was received with tremen- 
dous applause. Next came Metra's "Venetian 
Serenade" played by Mr. Sillerman, followed 
by Mendelsohn's "Rondo Caprice" as a 
piano solo, by Mr. Stevens. Following 
this was a very pretty selection entitled 
"An Egyptian Patrol" or a "Scene in Cairo" by 
Berman, in which all the club took part. The 
last number was a medley of American Airs ar- 
ranged by Catlin. This ended the entertain- 
ment of finely written and finely played music 
which was enjoyed immensely by every one 

I. Banks Quinby. 

Sawing Ulooa 

One day Mr. McLeod told several of us 
to take saws and saw bakery-wood. We each 
got a saw-horse to lay our wood on and measure 
it barrel-stave length. We sawed quite a lot 
that afternoon . 

Robert H. May. 


Cbo»tp$on'$ Island Beacon 

Published Monthly by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 9. 

January 1905. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year 


Richard M. Saltonstall. 


Alfred Bowditch. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin O. Adams, 
I. Tucker Burr, 

Charles P. Curtis, Jr.. 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Henry S. Grew, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, 


At this season of the yt-ar, perhaps mote 
than at any other, there is abroad the spirit of 
brotherliness and good-will among men. The 
habit of giving, whatever the gift, binds men to- 
gether, causes them to forget their differences, 
and makes them charitable one toward another. 
The meanest among men are warmed by the 
spirit of the season and led to forget their 
meanness and sordidness, and may be inspired 

to share with others the joys of the Christmas 

As we look out on the world we seem to 
see a great difference in the ability of those 
about us to give. We see the rich apparent- 
ly unrestrained in their choice of gifts, while 
the poor find with difficulty something within 
tlieir means. But is the difference in the true 
giving power of men so great as it seems? 
Are we measuring them up to a true standard? 
Speaking of mere material gifts we would be 
right in answering our question in the affirma- 
tive. But the foundation of Christmas, its 
origin, is something vastly greater than ma- 
terial gifts. It is without price and yet in 
^similitude is within the power of all, rich and 
poor alike — the giving of ourselves for others. 
We celebrate Christmas not because of the 
material gift of the man Christ, but because 
God gave to a needy world a part of himself 
in help, in sympathy, in -love, in revelation. 
That is why the world is happy at Christmas 
time and shows its love and helpfulness in ma- 
terial gifts. 

But as it was with Christ, so the greatest 
blessing does not come from any material gifts 
we may distribute, but m giving ourselves in 
the service of others. In this thepoorman may 
equal or excel the rich. Money is not the 
measure of this greater gift, but love — love 
which shows itself in visiting the sick and ini- 
pri.soned, iniriistering to the destitute and bear- 
ing one another's burdens. A deed of kindness 
wrought will leave a spirit of gratitude long after 
any material gift is gone and forgotten. It will 
also bind the giver in sympathy much closer to 
the one given than is possible in any less per- 
sonal manner. If it is our desire to give and 
to get the greatest happiness at this season we 
can do it most surely in service for others, by 


embracing some of the many opportunities 
that come to us of ministering to the world's 
needy. ^ ^ 


Dec. 1. Outside windows put on. 

By courtesy of Hon. John Shaw a dele- 
gation of boys with instructors had dinner in town 
and heard the addresses at the Home Market 
Club Dinner. 

Dec. 2. Pilgrim up for winter sheathing. 

Dec. 5. Waxed chapel floor. 

First snow-storm this evening from 6 to 
10 o'clock. 

Dec. 6. First skating this evening. 

Edward Muster entered the School. 

Albert W. Hinckley left the School to live 
with his mother and attend school in Gloucester. 

Dec. 7. A load of dressing from Wal- 

Dec. 8. Another load of 'dressing from 

.Dec. 10. Saturday. The first .three 
grades skated this afternoon. 

Frozen slush about the wharf for the first 
time this season. 

Dec. 11. Sunday. Rev. James Hux- 
table addressed the boys at 3 P. M. 

Ice from one-half inch to one inch thick 
from the School wharf to City Point. 

Dec. 12. Carpenters finisiied a top for 
the kitchen table. 

Dec. 13. One lot of boys' clothing receiv- 
ed from Grafton D. Gushing, Esq., of the Groton 

Berkshire boar died. Veterinary pro- 
nounced it heart failure. 

Dec. 14. Five tons of gluten and two tons 
of cotton-seed meal came. 

Received for the library from Hon. John 
Shaw "Documentary History of the Constitution 
of United States," in three volumes. 

Dec. 17. Finished repairs on the row- 
boat Bradford. 

Blacksmiths finished a set of andirons. 

Reading-room floor varnished. 

Two maps of the State of Massachusetts 

received from Miss Jennie G. Mason. 

Dec. 18. Sunday. Daniel Dulany Ad- 
dison, D. D., of Brookline, addressed the boys 
at 3 P. M. 

Dec. 23. Fall term of school closed. 
Dec. 24. Decorating the chapel for 

Began to extend the steam heat to the 
third floor, east siae. 

A barrel of fine eatingapples received from 
graduate Clarence DeMar. 

Dec. 25. Sunday. Christmas concert 
in the evening. Treasurer Arthur Adams was 
present and spoke. 

Graduates George Buchan, Thomas Brown, 
Howard B. and Merton P. Eilis came on the 
Harbor master's boat as a committee from the 
Alumni Association, with a present for Mr. and 
Mrs. Bradley. 

Dec. 26. Holiday. Good coasting and 

skating. Distribution of presents at 10 A.M. 

Among other presents each boy received a 

crisp dollar bill from Manager Thomas F. 


Each boy and instructor received a box of 
Lowney's chocolates, as usual, from graduate 
Richard Bell. 

Treasurer Arthur Aaams spent the day 
here and proviaea a very pleasing enterlauiment 
in the afternoon. 

Dec. 27. Fog and thawing. 
Dec. 28. Fixed the toboggan slide. 
Repaired iwo-horse cart. 
Dec. 29. Rowboat Bradford painted. 
Receivea for the library from Treasurer 
Arthur Adams tne book,- "Where American 
Independence Began" by Daniel M. Wilson. 
Dec. 31. Manager Thomas F. Temple 
with Messrs. W. D. C. Curtis, Charles S. Dan- 
forth, B. S. Priest, and Walter R. Pond spent 
the evening at the School. Mr. Temple pro- 
vided the jolly entertainment. 

By a unanimous vote of the boys, the 
twenty-dollar gold piece offered by Mr. Temple 
last year to the most popular boy in the School 
was given to Barney Hill. 


Tarm Scbool Bank 

Cash on hand, December 1, 1904 
Deposited during the month 

Withdrawn during the month 
Cash on hand, January 1, 1905 




])omc market Club Dinner 

One Thursday fourteen boys'including my- 
self were told to get ready for town. At 4.20 
we left the Island and on arriving at City Point 
took a car that brought us within a short walk 
of Cook's restaurant where we had our supper. 
After we were through we tried to get a car in 
the subway, but as it was crowded we walked 
to Mechanic's Building. When we went in, pray- 
er was being offered by Rev. Charles Parkhurst. 
After the prayer, the men at the tables were 
seated and served, while the band played several 
selections. After all were done eating, the 
president of the club made a speech and intro- 
duced Governor Bates. Gov. Bates spoke of 
the good principles of the " Home Market Club," 
and about the American manufactures. After 
Gov. Bates had finished, the follov/ing telegram 
from the President was read, — ' ' I am sorry 1 can 
not be with you. I congratulate you on having 
as your guest the Vice-President Elect." Tele- 
grams from Senators Lodge and Crane were 
read expressing their regret that they could not 
be present at the dinner. Vice-President Elect 
Fairbanks spoke of how Massachusetts had pro- 
duced some of the greatest statesmen that the 
United States ever had. Ke alsospoke about the 
"Home Market Club" and what it had done for 
the country. He said that the exports this year 
amounted $452,000,000, and that since Mc- 
Kinley's first administration the exports have 
increased $3,500,000,000. He said that our 
harbors should be improved so that a ship, no 
matter how large, could come into our ports and 
trade. The Panama Canal would increase our 
exports and widen our trade in the Pacific. He 
showed the difference between the views of 
the Republican and the Democratic parties. He 
then thanked the Home Market Club and closed. 

When Mr. Montague was introduced he express- 
ed his thanks for the warm reception he had re- 
ceived by the Club. He said that loyalty to 
Canada and a kindly feeling toward the people of 
America was what he desired. He assured 
us that a treaty of Reciprocity would not 
be made between Canada and United States. 
He spoke about the manufactories, minerals, 
and the climate of the different parts of 
Canada, comparing them with the United States. 
He spoke of the freedom of the Dominion and 
of the great men that have come from Canada, 
and said that we were flesh of one flesh 
and blood of one blood. He was glad to 
see the Vice-President Elect and so many emi- 
nent men. Ex-Secretary Long was the last 
to speak. He dwelt especially on reciprocity 
and upheld it more strongly than Mr. Montague 
tried to put it down. He spoke about Uncle 
Sam, John Bull, the Russian bear, the Japanese 
tiger, and about the good works McKinley had 
done during his administration. Then he said, 
"United, Roosevelt and Fairbanks stand, and 
divided, Roosevelt and Fairbanks wont fall." 
After a few more remarks he sat down. The 
people after cheering him sang America. We 
got back about half past eleven, after enjoying 
a very pleasant evening, thanks to Hon. John 
Shaw through whose kindness we were enabled 
to be there. 

Harris H. Todd. 

Cakind €are of the Pond 

When the winter begins to make itself 
felt by chilling winds and frosts, our pond on 
the lowland south of the storage barn is flooded 
for skating. When the pond is frozen solid 
enough to bear us we are allowed to go on it. 
Any holes which appear in the ice are quickly 
noticed and allowed to freeze over again. 
When the snow comes our skating is spoiled 
for a time, but as soon as the storm is past we 
get right to work on the pond and clear away 
the snow. Whenever the ice gets rough it is 
flooded again. 

Don C. Clark. 


Keeping match 

On foggy days and dark nights when the 
steamer goes across, I have to keep watch, that 
is, tell Mr. Bradley or the other pilot when I 
see or hear anything. When we leave the 
wharf oil foggy days it is my duty to tell as 
soon as I see one of the yachts. By 
noticing where the yacht was before, we can 
judge where the Public Landing is. I have to 
keep a good watch when we are leaving City 
Point or we may run down some yacht or small 
boat. There has to be a sharp watch at night, 
as there is a dredger working in the harbor which 
has quite a number of buoys anchored around it. 
If a buoy should get in the propeller it would 
make quite a little work and perhaps do consid- 
erable damage. 

Clarence Taylor. 

Betting Ready to Paint 

One day I was told to take my putty knife 
and a stepladder and go into the laundry to 
scrape off all the loose pamt, which had blister- 
ed and was pealing off the wall. 1 began on 
one side and worked all around, and in a short 
time was at the place where 1 had started. The 
floor near the wall was covered with bits of 
what 1 had scraped off. 1 took a broom and 
swept them up. I had a dust pan full of bits of 
paint. 1 emptied it and went to the shop after 
a bucket whicli I filled with whitewash. This 
was Saturday and no one was at work, as the 
boys had finished in the laundry on Friday after- 
noon. We got along better without them in the 
way. 1 was then to]d to get a brush and white- 
wash the ceiling. 1 put on two coals. This 
made the ceiling look very much better. Now 
the laundry looks neater. 

William T. Waleert. 

mut T Cbink cf Santa Ciaus 

When I was a little boy 1 thought Santa 
Claus was real. I thought he came in through 
the chimney to bring presents. But as 1 grow 
older I think he is only a man dressed up. I 
get my presents from my friends. 

George E. LeFavor. 

making a manhole 

Mr. Morrison told Louis Marchi and 
me to help him make a manhole near the wash- 
room. The earth had been dug up before, 
so it was all ready to lay the bricks. We 
helped him by passing all the good bricks to 
him and by holding the bucket of cement. He 
put a layer of bricks on the bottom to make it 
level. It is round and about the size of the cover 
of a barrel at the bottom and a little larger at 
the top. There are about sixteen layers of bricks 
in all. Half of the layers project an inch and 
the rest set in about an inch, making it barrel 
sh9ped- After this was done Mr. Morrison ce- 
mented on the cover. I like to help in this way. 
Harold E. Daniels. 

Sizing Up 

One night the boys had to go up to the chapel. 
When Mr. Bradley told those in the back row 
of seats to stand up in the rear of the room, we 
knew that we were to be sized up. Nearly all 
of us were glad. We usually have about a 
hundred boys in the School. The tallest boy 
is number one and the smallest boy number 
one hundred. There were a number of new 
boys who had not been sized up and quite a few 
old boys had gone away, so that the lines were 
uneven, as there were little boys between big 
ones. Mr. Bradley took a broad ruler and 
moved it along the boys' heads. When he 
struck a boy's head he told that boy to move up 
to a place where he was as large as the fellow 
in fr.nt of him. He then sent the first five 
boys to their new numbers. He kept this up 
until all the boys had been sized up. They re- 
moved the things from their old drawers and 
cleaned them out. When all the boys had 
finisned they put their things into their new 
drawers. Mr. Bradley next changed the mon- 
itors at the tables. In the morning the boys 
took their tootn brushes and towels from their 
old numbers and put them on their new ones. 
They then marched into the dining room and 
sat at their new places at the table. 1 was 
number 89. but am now number 70. 

Ernest N. Jorgenson. 



Merton P. Ellis, '99. The Alumni Asso- 
ciation is to be congratulated that IVler:on is still 
with us for he has been thinking seriously 
of going West where he could be with his 
mother. In 1893. Merton and his brother How- 
ard left their mother in Blaine, Waslijngton, and 
came to this School. They remained in the 
School until i899. They were both in the print- 
ing office at fhe time the first Beacon was pub- 
lished in May, 1897. Albert West was foreman 
and Merton and Howard Ellis, Ernest Curiey, 
Leo Decis and Harry Leonard were assistants. 
In 1 899, both boys went to work for Thomas J. 
Hind, 19 Milk St., Boston — Merton to work in 
the office and Howard to acquaint himself with 
the outside work. Both have been faithful and 
steady in their work. Merton has had flat- 
tering offers of work elsewhere. Last fall 
he fully decided that it was his duty to go 
to his mother, but again was led to reconsider 
and is now the inspector of concrete work. 

Merton knows all the graduates of recent 
years and makes it a point to keep posted as to 
their work and addresses; he also looks up any 
of the older fellows of whom he may hear. 

There is not a more loyal alumnus, not 
only to the Association but to the School and 
all connected with it. He is an indefatigable 
worker for anything that is for the good 
of the School or the Association, and the 
Alumni could not find a more able secre- 


Jimmni notice 

The Entertainment Committee of the Alum- 
ni Association have planned for a dance to be 
given Tuesday evening, February 7, 1905, in 
Winthrop Hall, Upham's Corner, Dorchester, 
Mass. In order to make this, our first dance, 
a success, the hearty cooperation of all the 
members is necessary. Members are request- 
ed to send in their returns by February 1st., so 
that the Committee may see how they are coming 

1-9 Milk St., Boston. 

I^oliday Pleasures 

On Monday morning, which we celebrated 
as Christmas, all the boys went up to chapel at 
quarter of ten and stayed till noon. Each boy 
received a present. 1 got a bundle and a pair 
of gloves. The gloves came from the School- 
quite a number of boys received gloves. In 
the afternoon there was an entertainm.ent. 
Tiiree girls played pieces on hand bells. One 
girl came running in with a pair of wooden shoes 
on, and she made so much noise you could hardly 
hear yourself speak. There was another enter- 
tainment Saturday night before New Year's. 
Seven or eight darkeys in turn sang minstrel 
songs. One played the tambourine. The man 
with the tambourine played school with another 
man. He was the teacher and the other a pupil. 
The teacher said, "Stand up'. Sit down!" 
He kept the same thing up for quite awhile. 
Then the pupil said, "What do you take me 
for, a fool? The teacher said, " Correct, sit 
down!" They did many more things to make 
us laugh. At the end of the concert two darkeys 
boxed. When the entertainment was over we 
voted on who should receive a twenty-dollar 
gold piece offered by Manager Thomas F. 
Temple to the most popular boy in the School. 
Barney Hill took the prize. This is the first 
Christmas I have spent at the Farm School 
and it was my happiest Christmas. 

Clarence S. Nelson. 

mixing Teea for the Cows 

One afternoon Mr. McLeod told me to mix 
feed^for the cows. The feed is made of wheat 
bran, cotton seed meal and gluten meal. For 
one batch of this feed I hadfour hundred pounds 
of wheat bran, one hundred of cotton seed meal 
and three hundred of gluten meal. When I had 
put the gluten meal, wheat bran, and cotton seed 
meal in layers on the floor of the bin, 1 took a 
shovel and mixed it. It was then ready for the 
cows. With this we feed hay, corn stover, 
and mangels, so that the nutritive ratio is 

Weston Esau. 



Vol. 8. No. 10. 

Printed at the Farm School. Boston, Mass. 

February. 1905. 

"Entered November 23. 1903. at Boston. Mass.. as Second-class matter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 

Professor tibcrrv RVde Baiky 

J\ Uisit from Professor C. R. Bailey 

On Saturday afternoon, January four- 
teenth, Prof. Liberty Hyde Bailey, of Cornell 
University, visited the School and spoke to the 
boys. The boys assembled in the chapel with 

the band in the rear. The bugler sounded the 
"Assembly," and the band struck up a lively 
march as the Professor entered the room. 
The band played another selection before lAr . 
Bradley introduced Professor Bailey to us. 


Tiie Professor said in part: "Boys, i wish that I 
were young again and could have the benefits of 
such a school as this. I have long known of the 
Farm School, and 1 like the idea of bringing 
into the schoolrooms the things m which we 
live. We are in school to train our minds, 
and we can secure this training by the things we 
do. Even if a farm boy has not had much 
schooling he may rise high in the world, for 
the farm is a very good school. The farm boy 
has to do things for himself. If any accidents 
happen to the farm iniplements he does not 
need to call an expert, but sets to work to find 
a way of fixing them himself. He has here- 
by solved a problem for himself, and it will be 
much easier for him to solve the next one. 
All the time you are doing your work here you 
are so'ving problems. Agriculture is itself an 
education which trains as v/ell as books. The 
best education is that which puts your hands 
and minds to work at the same time. Agricul- 
ture, therefore, makes one fit to take up the 
problems of life. Schools like this are the 
places for boys to live in. You are learning 
things that are going to be of some real use. 
When you go cut into the world, you will find 
that there are places for just such boys as you." 
Prof. Bailey spoke in the highest praise of this 
school. "It isn't like anything I have seen 
before. Children here begin to learn farm life 
at the proper age — when they are very young. 
Here they are isolated from harmful influences. 
Itisan admirable institution." When Profess- 
or Bailey finished he was applauded, and the 
Farm School Band played another piece. 
He was then shown around the buildings, and 
watched the boys skate. At four o'clock he 
boarded the Pilgrim for City Point. We appre- 
ciated Professor Bailey's visit and kind words 
and hope he will be kind enough to come again, 
although he is a very busy man. We have a 
number of his books on horticulture, which 
we value. We like to have visits from men 
who are leaders in their line and who are fore- 
most in the world's work. We shall remember 
Prof. Bailey's visit for a longtime to come. 

Barney Hill. 

$ca 6ull$ 

On and around the Island are a great many 
seagulls. They come in winter inflocks. Few 
stay all summer. On the east side at very 
low tide there is a stretch of mud extending the 
length of the Island. The sea gulls come here 
in great numbers. They also frequent the south- 
ern part of the Island where the rubbish fs 
dumped, trying to find something to eat. Some- 
times, when a fellow is looking over the water, he 
will see a gull swoop down and bring up a large 
fish. This is their chief food. 

Thomas G. McCarragher. 

Down at the'ash house there is a sieve, two 
hoes, a shovel, one or two barrels and, most im- 
portant of all, a pile of ashes to be sifted. Four 
of us have to sift them. When one barrel is full of 
ashes it is taken away. Some times we 
fill a barrel in a day and at other times it takes 
us a week. 

Earle C. Marshall. 

Illy Tirst Book 

About a year ago, I thought I would try to 
make a book. I got a blank book from the 
Trading Company. Then I collected articles 
from the funny papers, and other papers and 
magazines that told hov/ to make useful things. 
After i had collected quite a number, I pasted 
them in my blank book. I now have eighty 
things to make and my book is not half full. 
The name of the book will be "How to Make 

Harry W. Lake. 

Spearing €ei$ 

The other day, as I was looking out of the 
Hall window, I saw a man out on the ice. He 
dug a hole in the ice and watched until he saw 
an eel, then he drove his spear through the eel's 
body and pulled him out of the water. He 
seemed to have a sled with a box on it into which 
he put the eels. 1 watched until the bell rang 
for work. 

Clarence S. Nelson. 



f)mtm Brown-Cati motbs 

The other day I was told to go with Mr. 
Ferguson to hunt brown-tail moths. He took 
a tree ladder and told me to take the clippers. 
We went to the north end of the Island to the 
grove and looked at the trees, one at a time. 
Wnen we saw a nest he put up the ladder. I 
went up and he handed me the clippers. They 
are about fifteen feet long and 1 could hang them 
on a twig where I could reach them. Then I 
climbed near the nest and cut the twig, and look- 
ed around for more. V/e worked all the after- 
noon and found quite a number. 1 like to do that 
kind of work. 

Donald W. Roby. 


In the first schoolroom there is a rack 
holding drawings. The rack is made of two 
pieces of wood, each sixty-four inches long by 
two inches wide and half an inch thick. It 
holds about nineteen drawings. Some are repre- 
sentations of the "Chambered Nautilus." In 
this drawing there are two shells, and in the dis- 
tance some weeds growing. Under the draw- 
ing there is a poem. It was written by Holmes. 
There is also a drawing of a barrel. It is bro- 
ken in one place and the hoops are off the top. It 
looks as though it were water-soaked and had 
seen hard times. There is another drawing, 
made by the first class, of two styles of architec- 
ture, Doric and Ionic. 

George A. Maguire. 


In the afternoon when we get out of the 
kitchen, if we are in the first or second grades, 
we ask if we may go coasting. We get a to- 
boggan and run down joyfully to the toboggan 
slide, and get ready to coast. The last fellow 
that gets on says, "All ready," and down we 
shoot to the bottom. Then two or three of the 
fellows pull the toboggan up. Sometimes the 
toboggans slur around and at other times upset, 
and the fellows tumble off and get bruised a 

Charles H. Whitney. 

Uoting for Officers 

Every three months we elect officers for 
the Cottage Row Government. A caucus is 
held and the mayor, citizens, and non-share- 
holding citizens, each appoint a committee to 
nominate candidates for the following election. 
The names are printed on a ballot. On elec- 
tion day, each boy is handed a pencil and ballot, 
and he votes for the officers he wants by putting 
a cross opposite the boys' names. The mayor 
appoints three boys as tellers who have 
to count the votes. The next day a ballot is 
posted on the bulletin-board showing the officers 
elected. The new officers are sworn in and a 
new term has commenced. Usually Mr. Brad- 
ley tells the boys some new points about the gov- 
ernment, after the election, and these are very 
interesting. When there is an election in the 
city, Mr. Bradley tells the boys about it as soon 
as he gets a chance. We have had one meet- 
ing to learn some new points about government. 
Charles W. Watson. 


Sunday evenings we go to Chapel, except 
in vacation. We sing a few hymns, and Mr. 
Clark reads a portion from the Bible. Some- 
times he takes a subject from what he reads and 
at other times he makes one up. He tells us 
a story or two and they are very interesting. 
Then Mr. Bradley tells us about any thing that 
IS going to happen in tiie coming week. Some- 
times he tells us about the graduates and their 
successes, and it teaches us how we can succeed 
if we try when we go away. But success can 
not be reached witiiout labor, and this is the way 
they reach it; everybody has to labor toget what 
they want. 

Philip S. May. 

Dining Room mork 

1 stay in the dining room every morning 
and go to work. First, I collectall the spoons, 
bowls and pitchers. Then 1 crumb and wash the 
tables, and begin scrubbing. 1 take two strips 
every other morning. After the scrubbing is 
done I wash, set the tables, and help get the 
dinner ready. 

Raymond E. Atwood. 


Cbompson's Island Beacon 

Published Monthly by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 10. 

February 1905. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year 



Alfred Bowditch. 


Henry S. Grew. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin O. Adams, 

I. Tucker Burr, 

Charles P. Curtis, Jr., 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Walter Hunnewell, 

Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Richard M. Saltonstall, 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, Superintendent. 

There are two schools in which youth is 
trained — the school of books and the school of 
affairs. The one gives a theoretical education, 
the other a practical. Taken separately, they 
give a dwarfed, one-sided development. United, 
they turn out a product that is finished and com- 
plete, a workman that needeth not to be ashamed. 

All too frequently the school of books is 
emphasized to the exclusion of the school of 

affairs. The idea that we must learn certain 
facts set down in books, whatever else we 
do, has become so thoroughly irgiained in our 
minds, that iTiany of us spend a large part of 
our lives buried in study, only to come out and 
find that our hands cannot execute the thoughts 
of our minds because they have not been train- 
ed. In the past the school of books has been 
emphasized. The time has come when some 
of the emphasis is being shifted to the school of 
affairs. This calls for a school in which these 
two are united. Such is the purpose of the 
increasing number of industrial schools. The 
things in which the child lives are bicught into 
the schoolroom. He handles them, he studies 
them, he understands them. As the mind is 
taught to reason, the hand is taught to execute. 
This results in a balanced, symmetrical growth 
of body and mind. The product is a man who 
knows how to do things, and why he does them. 
The school which combines the farm and 
the workshop with the textbook is the one which 
is approaching the solution of the educational 
problem. What the world wants today is a few 
theorists but many practical men. There are 
places for theorists, but they are few. The 
practical man is ever in demand. He can al- 
ways earn a living. It is essential, therefore, that 
the child be taught to use his hands even as his 
mind. He must know how to do things. If he 
knows also why he does them, he is acquainted 
with the mysteries that underlie industry and 
can help solve its problems. Q , f^. T(\<xrr\yy^ 


Jan. 2. Winter term of school began. 

Jan. 4. Varnished floor in nurse's room. 

Jan. 7. One lot of books received from 
The Boston Herald Co. 

Jan. 10. Cottage Row citizens held their 
regular quarterly election of officers, which re- 
sulted as follows; — Mayor, Walter D. Nor- 



wood; Aldermen, Wm. C. J. Frueh, C. James 
Pratt. George A. C. McKenzie, Carl L. Wittig; 
Assessor, Thomas Carnes; Treasurer, Thomas 
G. McCarragher; Judge, Horace P. Tiirasher. 
The Mayor appointed as Chief of police, Robert 
McKay; Clerk, Albert L. Sawyer; Street Com- 
missioner, S. Gordon Stackpole; Curator, C. 
James Pratt; Librarian, Edward Capaul; Janitor, 
Robert W. Gregory. The Chief of police ap- 
pointed as his patrolmen, Barney Hill , William 
N. Dinsmore, William T. Walbert, Clarence 
Taylor, I. Banks Qiiinby. 

Jan. 11. "Ocean to Ocean on Horse- 
back," by Capt. Willard Glazier, received for 
the library from Mrs. A. T. Brown. 

Jan. 12. Put new gr?tes in the bake 

Jan. 13. Carpnnters finished new stairs 
leading to the basement in Gardner Hall. 

Jan. 14. Graduate William Flynn came 
to spend Sunday. 

Prof. Liberty Hyde Bailey, of Cornell Univer- 
sity, visited the School and addressed the 'boys. 

Jan. 15. Bay frozen across to City Point. 

Conduct and Gocd Citizenship Prizes 
awarded in chapel in the evening. 

Jan. 17. Pilgrim went to City Point this 
morning and could not return until night because 
of floating ice. Passengers returned by cour- 
tesy of the Harbor PoHce. 

Finished putting in a speaking tube from 
the office to hospital room. 

Jan. 18. Forty-live new spring mattress- 
es replaced the old ones in boys' beds. 
Jan. 19. Big field of ice vwent out. 

Jan. 23. Began a card catalogue of the 
agricultural bulletins and circulars in our 

Jan. 24. Mr. E. L. Ingalls, Supt. of State 
Reform School, Vermont, visited the School. 

Measured the skating pond, and found it 
covered 1 .88 acres. 

Jan. 25. The worst storm since 1897. 

Jan. 26. Mail brought on Harbor Police 


Water pipes on the wharf frozen. 

Jan. 27. "Harper's Pictorial History of 
the Civil War" and "The Heart of the White 
Mountains," illustrated, received for the library 
from Miss Marie McKim. 

Jan. 28. Laundry painted. 

Laid and incased a temporary water supply 
pipe on the wharf. 

Manager Francis Shaw visited the School. 

Tarm ScbodI Bank 

Cash on hand, January 1, 1905 
Deposited during the month 




Withdrawn during the month 
Cash on hand, February 1, 1905 

gonduct Prizes 

The semi-annual distribution of the Shaw 
Prizes, the Temple Consolation Prizes, and 
Honorable Mention for the half year ending 
January, 1905, took place Sunday evening, 
January 15, in the Chapel. For the Shaw 
Prizes, $25 is given out in amounts ranging from 
five dollars to one dollar. The Temple Conso- 
lation Prizes are books. The award of these 
prizes is based upon our grade system of mark- 
ing. The list in order of rank is as follows: — 

Shaw Prizes 

I. Barney Hill 2. 1. Banks Quinby 
3. John F. Nelson 4. Foster B. Hoye 

5. Louis P. Marchi 6. Horace P. Thrasher 
7. Carl L.' Wittig 8. Clarence Taylor 

9. Wm. N. Dinsmore 10. William T. Walbert 

Temple Consolation Prizes 

II . WiiL F. O'Conner 1 2. Don C. Clark 

13. Fred T. Upton 14. Albert S. Beetchy 
15. Robert McKay 

Honorable Mention 

16. C. Archie Graves 17. Charles H. O'Conner 
18. C. James Pratt 19. Albert Probert 
20. Herbert A. Dierkes 

Good €itizen$i)ip Prizes 

Fifty dollars a year is given by Mr. and 
Mrs. Albert H. Willis to the boys who show the 


most interest in Cottage Row Government, and 
most faithfully perform their duties either as 
office-holders or citizens. These prizes are 
awarded at the beginning of each quarter in 
sums of five, three, two and a half, and tv/o dol- 
lars each. The prizes for the fourth quarter 
were awarded in Chapel Sunday evening, 
January fifteenth, as follows: — 

1. Allan H. Brown $5.00 

2. William T. Walbert 3.00 

3. Clarence Taylor 2.50 

4. Robert McKay 2.00 

Che Storm 

In the evening of Jan. 24, it began to snow. 
The next morning the wind blew hard and the 
snow fell much faster than the night before. 
As the day wore on the wind and snow increas- 
ed, until at noon it had developed enough to be 
called a fierce storm. Most of the farm boys 
were working in the barn so as not to be out in 
the storm. We had networked there long before 
two of us were called out to the pigpens. Mr. 
McLeod and Mr. Ferguson were there. The 
water was coming over the dikes and, it some- 
thing was not done quickly, the pigs would be 
drowned. Mr. Bradley was called and he had 
the pigs let out of the pens and the door shut. 
Others came with shovels and banked snow 
against the door to keep the water out, while a 
few inside hoisted the pigs to the floor above, 
where they were quartered temporarily. Mr. 
Bradley was then called to the wharf. The 
tide was so high and the water so rough that 
the scow was drifting from its place and would 
have been damaged had it not been caught in 
time. Large blocks of ice were thrown up on 
the beach and over the road. Driftwood and 
barrels were scattered everywhere. Towards 
morning the snow ceased falling. The wind 
blew all day, but on Friday, the 27, the sun shone 
brightly and the bay was quiet. 

Charles H. O'Conner. 

Ulintcr on tbc Island 

The scenery of the Island is very pretty 
during the winter months. Around the beach 
are massive cakes of ice piled up in every 

way, making it look like rough waves. Around 
the house the trees and bushes are covered with 
snow, and the sun shining on this makes it 
look very picturesque. After the snow has 
fallen we first shovel small paths around the 
doors-steps, then make the large paths on 
the avenues and other places where they are 
needed. If the snow has fallen so as to cover 
our skating pond, a crowd of fellows take shov- 
els, scrapers, and carts, and take it away. If 
the snow has spoiled it altogether, it is flooded. 
Some days the harbor is so full of ice we can- 
not cross to City Point with our steamer Pil- 
grim. We then cross on foot by way of 
Squantum, if the ice will hold. Sometimes 
the ice freezes very hard on the east side of the 
Island. It goes out slowly and this prevents the 
ducks and gulls from getting food. One of 
the coldest jobs in winter is cutting ice dowr 
at the wharf so that it will go out with the tide. 
As long as the snow lasts we have coasting 
with our sleds and toboggans. A toboggan 
chute is put up on the south side of the Hall, 
making the sliding exciting. 

Leslie R. Jones. 

Greasing Jlxies 

One afternoon, Mr. Ferguson told me to 
get the axle grease, jack, and wrench. He lift- 
ed the wagon wheel with the jack and unscrew- 
ed the nut. I found out how to do it. I took the 
jack out and put it under the back axle of the two- 
horse wagon, and lifted it up so as to take the 
wheel off. After Mr. Ferguson put it on again, 
I screwed the nut on. We greased the single 
and double wagons and the dump-cart. 

Leonard S. Hayden. 

Poultry RoMsc lUork 

In the mornuig when I go to the poultry 
house I mix the feed for thepoultry, which con- 
sists of one bucket of wheat bran and one 
bucket of corn meal, mixed with water. After 
feeding it, I go to the house to get some bread 
and milk for the foxes, raccoon and monkeys. 
After I get all the animals fed I clean their 
cages. Then I clean the roosts of the hens and 
sweep my floors, besides other little chores. 

C. James Pratt. 


Opening Ov$tcr$ 

Opening oysters isn't an easy job unless 
you understand it. It is awkward and you are 
likely to dig the knife into your hand. Lately 
I have opened several. After getting the oys- 
ter knife, which is especially made for the pur- 
pose, into the shell, I cut the upper part of the 
eye which is towards me so that 1 can lift the shell 
and not tear or spoil the appearance of the 
oyster. I then cut the bottom of the eye, 
leaving the oyster loose in the shell, so that it 
can be put into a dish or served on the half- 
shell. Sometimes they are very hard to open 
when tlie shell is peculiarly shaped. After I 
get the right number opened, they are put into 
plates on chopped ice so as to be kept fresh. 
Leslie R. Jones. 

Uicws from Our Island 

From our Island can be seen many good 
views. From the wharf or west side of the 
Island; you can see City Point. The Head 
House is very plain on a clear day. South of 
City Point are the Pumping Station and Dor- 
chester. To the north of City Point is Castle 
Island, on which is old Fort Independence. 
There is a bridge connecting Castle Island with 
City Point. From the south end can be seen 
Squantum, another historic place. From a large 
cliff near the shore, in the Indian times a squaw 
jumped, killing herself instantly it is said. East 
of the Island you can see Moon Head. It is nearly 
a mile long. It is low until it gets out near the 
end, where it grows larger. Spectacle Island 
can also be seen from this side. It is a small 
island where there are buildings in which waste 
is digested by steam. Looking north you can 
see Fort Winthrop. On a good day you can see 
the steam from the Narrow Gauge Railroad trains 
to Lynn. You can also see the steamersof the 
different lines which run to England and else- 
where, and sail boats of all descriptions. These 
views in the summer evenings are very pretty, 
as the sun is going down over the hori- 

Louis P. Marchi. 

Our Gvmnasium 

In our gymnasium there are traveling rings, 
a horizontal ladder, stunt rings, climbing rope, 
rope ladder, dumb bells, and Indian clubs. 
Some of the boys like the ladder best because 
they like to do stunts that can be done on it. 
Others, who do not like to do stunts, play tag or 
swing on the traveling rings. Most of the fel- 
lows like the stunt rings best and after supper, 
when the rings are down, there is a group around 
them watching or performing. The climbing 
rope, rope ladder, dumb bells and Indian clubs 
are also in demand, though they are not used 
so much as the other things. Most of the boys 
like some one of these and everything is kept 
in nearly constant use. I like the stunt rings 

Harris H. Todd. 

Pleasant e^^enings 

During these winter nights when the boys 
have nothing to do, it is very pleasant to go up 
to the Chapel and hear the phonograph. One 
Wednesday night it was very cold and stormy, 
and yet that evening was spent in a most pleas- 
ant way. The boys went to Chapel, where Mr. 
Dix gave a number of selections on his phono- 
graph. The evening was enjoyed by all. 

John J. Emory. 

B Cwo 6raae Skate 

The other night Mr. Bradley said that two 
grades could go skating. The fellows got ready, 
and when the others went to bed we went down 
to the pond. There was good ice and not 
much wind. The pond was lighted by the moon, 
a lamp and two large bon-fires. We went to bed 
at nine o'clock, after having had a good time. 
Harold E. Daniels. 

Leave not the business of today to be done 
tomorrow; for who knoweth what may be thy 
condition tomorrow? The rose-garden, which 
today is full of flowers, when thou wouldst 
pluck a rose, may not afford thee one. 




William A. Horsfall, '96, is not neg- 
lecting his opportunities. He holds a good po- 
sition with Burnham and Stevens, plumbers, of 
Boston. He has taken a fourteen weeks' com- 
mercial course at Bryant and Stratton's School, 
and is now planning to study plumbing with the 
International Correspondence School. William 
says that he greatly values the training he receiv- 
ed at the Farm School. 

William G. Cummings, '98, is enjoying 
a good position with the New England Telephone 
and Telegraph Company. He is planning to 
enter the civil service. He has our best wishes. 
H. Champney Hughes, '98, is still at his 
old place with Irving and Casson in East Cam- 
bridge, where he is doing wood-carving and mod- 
eling. He finds his training in sloyd, received 
at the School, of considerable value. Champney 
has shown his integrity by a steady advance in 
wages from the time he went there, and he is 
not content to stop yet. He says that the 
Farm School gave him a" Proper start in life". 
William C. Carr, 'CO, expresses his appre- 
ciation of his training at the Farm School. 
He is now with the F. Brigham Shoe Co., of 
Hudson, where he is aiming to become a sales- 
man. He has laid a good foundation by learn- 
ing shoe making. William speaks as though he 
intended to make his mark. 

Frederick F. Burchsted, Jr., '02, is 
employed by the Clark Automobile and Marine 
Engine Co., of Dorchester. He has been 
studying Mechanical engineering and is striv- 
ing to become a machine designer. He is 
showing the spirit which wins. Fred is a mem- 
ber of the Cambridge Cadet Band. 

Leslie W. Graves, '04, is working for the 
Simplex Electrical Works of Cambridge. He 
says he is going to enter night school to advance 
himself. He is playing in a band in Waverly, 

when he gets a piece of hot iron that he must 
hit it with all his might in order to get the shape 
required; the result is. that when he is done, he 
has only a piece of hammered iron which isn't 
worth much. We have two forges — one large 
and one small, four anvils, a number of small 
hammers and tongs, two sledge hammers, one 
flatter, a number of chisels, a cupping tool, one 
set hammer and a number of other tools. The 
blacksmith boys go to work every Friday after- 
noon at one o'clock and stay till five o'clock. 
The first models are simple but they grow suc- 
cessively harder till a boy comes to welding and 
making tongs. These are made of four 
different pieces of iron and are the last iron 
models. We then begin to make the steel 
models. Here we often burn our models be- 
cause they heat up so fast. The last prob- 
lem IS to weld true steel and iron together. 
It generally takes over a year to complete 
the course. 

Clarence Taylor. 

Schoolrooni Plants 



Our blacksmith class has six fellows in it. 
We have to make thirty-four models. A 
fellow beginning the work generally thinks 

We have in our schoolroom seven gera- 
niums, one begonia, three pinks, four roses, 
three hyacinth bulbs, and one cactus. The cac- 
tus, the geraniums and the pinks are getting 
along very nicely. The largest pink has five 
buds on it. 

Robert H. May. 

H^cpind €Eean 

I should keep my clothes brushed, face and 
hands washed, shoes shined, try not to have any 
holes in my pants or stockings, and try not to 
wear out my shoes. When my clothes wear 
out, I should get them changed. 

George LeFavor. 

my favorite Studies 

The lessons 1 like best are history and 
arithmetic. I like history because it is interest- 
ing. It tells about people and what they did. 
It helps to form good judgment. Arithmetic 
is used in every business. I think boys 
ought to know a lot about arithmetic, because 
when they get out into life they will use 
it in their work, whatever it may be. 

Matthew H. Paul. 


Vol. 8. No. 11. 

Printed at the Farm School. Boston, Mass. 

larch, 1905 

Entered November 23, 1903. at Boston. Mass., as Second-class matter, under Act of Congress of July 16, 1894. 

Cbe Snowball Battle 

It has been the custom, for a number of 
years, for us to have what we call a Snowball 
Battle. This battle takes place on the twenty- 
second cf February. This year, about two weeks 
before that day, the School chose the two generals 
and they chose their officers, which were captain, 
first and second lieutenants, and color-bearer. 
Then the generals with their staffs chose their 
privates. They then planned their forts and 
wliere they were to be built. These forts 
were made of snow and were not higher than 
six feet. It took some time to build the forts 
but they were done in time for the battle. On 
the twenty-second the boys were up in the Hall 
preparing for the battle. About three o'clock 
the whistle blew for the sides to form in line. 
This year they chose to fight Scotland against 
Switzerland, as the two generals were Scotch and 
Swiss. The color-bearers then received their 
colors. General O'Conner's side was Scot- 
land and Gen. Capaul's was Switzerland. The 
colors were cheered. The generals tossed 
up to see which should defend or attack 
first. Gen. Capaul won the toss and defended 
first. Both sides then marched to their forts. 
Gen. Capaul placed his men around at different 
places and all was ready. The whistle blew 
and the Scotts made the attack. At first they 
tried to get in each man by himself. But 
when one of the officers shouted " For Scot- 
land," some of their men massed together and 
mida platforms for others to climb upon. Most 
every man got into the fort but did not succeed 
in getting the bags, as the time was up. The 
Swiss gave a cheer when they knew that they 
had not lost a bag. It was now Switzerland's 

turn to attack, and Scotland's to defend. Gen. 
O'Connor encouraged his men and stationed 
them around the fort, and all was ready. The 
whistle blew and the Swiss rushed to the attack. 
They fought well but only one of the men suc- 
ceeded in getting into Scotland's fort. He was 
quickly thrown out again. At the end of the time 
the Scotts gave a cheer because no bags had 
been taken. The boys went up into the Hall for 
a rest before running for the bags. The bags were 
put at an equal distance from each fort. Both 
sides were standingon the walls of their forts, and 
when the whistle blew they jumped down and 
ran for the bags. The side which got the most 
bags into its fort won. It was a rugby game, 
and when the whistle blew the bags were coun- 
ted, and it was found that the Scottshad twelve 
and the Swiss eight. The Scotts were victor- 
ious and Gen. O'Conner's men shouldered and 
carried him around, cheering for their general 
and the flag. The Scotts lined up and with a 
band at their head marched for the silk ban- 
ner and the trophy. The banner is made of old 
gold and blue silk. On the old gold side are the 
words "Thompson's Island," in blue. On the 
blue side in gold letters, is "Victory of Febru- 
ary 22." The trophy consisted of several kinds 
of cakes and candies, a bunch of bananas, and 
oranges. The victors marched around the house 
and then came into the Hall where the trophy 
was divided. Gen. O'Conner and his men cheer- 
ed the defeated side, and Gen. Capaul's men then 
cheered the victorious ones. Gen. O'Conner 
invited Gen. Capaul and his staff to share in the 
trophy. After the trophy was divided the fel- 
lows got ready for supper. It was a good bat- 
tle and we all enjoyed the day very much. 

William N. Dinsmore. 


(Udtcbing the Battle 

Every year while the snowball battle is in 
progress, the spectators are almost as enthu- 
siastic over it as those who are immediately 
concerned in the battle, and this year was no 
exception. Just as soon as the buglers blew 
the charge and the conflict commenced, the 
cheering and yelling began. The follow- 
ing are some of the excited exclamations 
which might have been heard. "Go it! Go it! 
Push him up! Hold him there!" from those of 
the outsiders in favor of the attacking party, and, 
" Keep him out! Don't let him inlPuil him down!" 
from the upholders of the defending party. Al- 
though it was strictly against the rules to aid 
either side by crying out to them during the 
battle, some of these remarks were heard from 
the older as well &s the smaller boys. When 
the battle was over and the victory won, the up- 
holders of the victors broke into hearty cheers, 
while the losers bore their disappointment with 
smiling faces. 

Don C. Clark. 

Popping Com 

For two nights, Carl L. Wittigand Barney 
Hill popped corn for the defeated side in 
the snowball battle. The corn was brought 
to the kitchen in a bushel box and shelled into a 
dishpan, put in the poppers and popped over the 
kitchen and laundry fires. It was then salted 
and put in small bags, packed in a clothes- 
basket and taken to the store-room. Each 
night they worked faithfully till ten o'clock, 
and then retired to dream about the battle. 

Charles Warner. 

Carrying Ulster 

In getting ready for the snov/ball battle we 
had to carry water to make slush. I was told 
to go with another fellow and haulwateron a to- 
boggan. We went to the washroom and fasten- 
ed the hose on the faucet. When we got a can 
full we took it to the fort. 1 had to stay on the 
toboggan and hold the can on. Sometimes 
the water slopped and 1 had to jump, 

Herbert A. Dierkes. 

making Torts 

This year we began our forts about two 
weeks before the battle. First, we shoveled a 
lot of loose snow into a pile, the shape our 
fort was to be. After it was about two feet high, 
we began to cut large cakes of snow from the 
drifts. These were put on a toboggan and pull- 
ed to the fort. From the outside of the fort we 
then cut places to fit these cakes into. The in- 
side of the fort was filled with loose snow and 
packed in as hard as possible. The plans of the 
fort were then carried out. General O'Conner's 
plan was as follows: — the shape of the fort was 
oval, with a small wall about two and one-half 
feet high, six or seven feet away from the main 
wall. On the inside was a trench, a foot and one- 
half deep. In the center was a hole seven feet 
long, four feet wide, and six feet deep. Just in 
front of this large hole was a small one three 
feet deep, which was to turn the attacking side 
away from the hole which held the bags. The 
hole with the bags was at the back of the fort. 
This hole was dug to the ground; three feet 
down a thin layer of ice was laid, so that if the 
attacking men should get to the bags, and put 
a little weight on the ice, it would fall from 
under the bags and they would go to the bot- 
tom of the hole. There it would be a more 
difficult matter to get them. General Capaul's 
fort was round in shape and also had a small 
outer wall around it. Within the main wall 
was a trench, about two feet deep, to stand in, 
and a large trench about eight feet wide and 
six feet deep surrounding a tower. This tow- 
er had a trench within from which to defend it. 
And last came the bag hole. General Capaul's 
fort was sixty-eight feet in diameter. The 
forts were covered with melted snow and allow- 
ed to freeze. Herbert J. Phillips. 

Cbe Dog on tbc Tslana 

We have a large dog whose name is Ber- 
nard. He has long hair, which is light 
brown and white. He sometimes goes over 
to City Point on the steamer. He is a good 
watchdog. He does not touch cats for they 
are good friends. 

Clarence Nelson. 


(UorHiti^ in tbe $bcp 

A lot of the boys like to make jewelry boxes, 
papsr knives and other things. There are two 
cupboards of tools, which are used by the boys. 
There are saws, planes, carving chisles, veiners, 
knives, gouges, block planes and other tools. 
If we want to make anything we write a 
requisition to Mr. Bradley asking him for some 
wood. If he signs it, we give it to Mr. Ekegren 
and ask him for the wood. The first-grgders 
can work in the shop every day, and the second 
graders on Tuesday, Thursday and Saturday. 

Leon H. Quinby. 

Reading Room 

In the evening some of the fellows like to 
read. At seven o'clock, after the other fellows 
have gone to bed. we line up and ask the instruct- 
or in charge if we can go to the reading room. 
Some boys play checkers, others chess, and 
others read ' ' The Youth's Companion," ' ' Little 
Chronicle," "Country Life in America," and 
other papers and magazines. Only the first 
grade boys are allowed to go to the reading 
room in the evenings. They can go during 
the week except on Tuesdays and Saturdays. 
Sunday, the first three grades are allowed to go 
to the re?. ding room. 

Philip S. May. 

(UorK in tbe Boiler Koom 

The boiler room is a small basement that 
sets lower than the others. It has two entrances, 
one from the east and the other from the west 
basement, and has a door leading to the dairy. 
Between the two basement doors is a pit about 
one foot deep in which sets a "Walker and 
Pratf'boiler. At the right is a bin which holds 
five hundred pounds of coal. The first thing 
that is to be done in the morning, is to get the 
ashes, whtch have collected the night and day 
before, into cans. Next the fire is shaken 
down for the day. Then the coal-bin has to 
be filled from the big one. After breakfast a 
boy helps me take the ashes down to the ash- 
house, where four others sift them. Every 
Monday morning I wash the floors of both the 
boiler room and the west basement. The 

boiler front has to be rubbed with oil every 
morning and the top brushed. We carry the 
coal in wheelbarrows. Alter school I go down 
and fill the bin in the boiler room for the 
watchman at night; and after supper I go down 
again to look at the fire. 

S. Gordon Stackpole. 

Pidving on tbe forts 

After dinner some of the boys ask per- 
mission to play on the snow forts. A number of 
fellows play down there every noon, and we 
have lots of fun. Sometimes we play tag, 
other days we defend a fort while other 
boys attack it. The forts are melting so it is 
easier to get into them. 

Fred W. Marshall. 

l)au!ing €orn 

One day two of us had to take corn down 
to the old barn. We hauled it down on a sled, 
and when we got it there we put it in bags. 
We hauled twelve bushels. 

R. Roy Matthews. 

lUorking on tbe Catbe 

When the boys in Sloyd make their round 
models, they turn them out on the lathe. I am 
making the mallet head. I take a block of 
wood and chop off the edges, and put it on the 
lathe. Then the power is turned on and I take 
the gouge and make it round. When I get it 
round, I use the chisel to make it smooth. Then 
I round the end of the head a little, and smooth 
it off. 

Paul H. Gardner. 

Tixing Celepbone Poles 

One afternoon about ten of us were told 
to go with Mr. Dix to the south end. When 
he was ready he sent me down to the barn for 
four or five shovels. On the way over we slid 
on the ice. The tide was out so we walked 
along on the ice cakes which the tide had left 
on going out. When we got over to the south 
end we had to brace the dolphin so that it would 
not fall over. Mr. Dix sawed a piece of timber 
to suit. Then we hoisted it and dug a trench at 
the base. We put rocks around it and filled 
the trench with sand to hold it. 

George A. Maguire. 


Cbontpson's T$land Beacon 

Published Monthly by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 11, 

March, 1905. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year. 



Alfred Bowditch. 


Henry S. Grew. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin O. Adams, 

I. Tucker Burr, 

Charles P. Curtis, Jr., 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Richard M. Saltonstall, 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 
Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, Superintendent. 

The onlookers, in the snowball battle held 
on February twenty-second, were perhaps im- 
pressed more with the spirit of self-control which 
existed, than with any other feature of the strug- 
gle. At no stage of the battle was a boy seen 
to so entirely lose control of himself as to strike 
another in anger. It was, moreover, a time to 
test each fellow's self-restraint to the limit, 
where hand to hand combats were waged for the 


There is a secret which underlies such a 
power which is well worth our study. Self-con- 
trol means absolute mastery of self, under any 
circumstances that may arise. Circumstances 
must be our servants, and not we the servants 
of circumstances. To reach this condition re- 
quires a constant, unceasing fight. In the 
formation of our characters we must first 
attain self-control. Indeed the very center of a 
rational fight for character is self-control. 
Every thing else clusters around it and is de- 
pendent upon it. Without it we are nothing — 
unstable, uncertain and unreliable. It is the 
centre, the pivot, on which all else turns. 

In like manner the centre of self-control is 
the will. It is our wills which determine our 
courses, and lead us to form good or bad habits. 
Our wills develop within us a spirit of restraint, 
or of carelessness and indifference. If we will 
or determine to do the right at all times, to be 
masters of our tempers under all circumstances, 
we soon have self-control as a habit. It then 
comes natural to us to restrain ourselves and 
reason out our problems and difficulties before 
we act. Our wills are, then, the most potent 
factor in determining all our course and condi- 

But as the center of our fight for character 
is self-control and the center of self-control is 
the will, so the center of the will is attention. That 
part of our environment to which we attend 
affects our character. It is not those things 
which we ignore but those which "We accept, 
which influence us. The person who gives 
himself to a study of nature develops a very 
different condition of mind from the one who 
wrestles with mechanical problems. The 
formation of our characters ultimately depends 
upon the choice of things which receive our 



attention. If wa accept and study the good, 
the noble and the courageous, or lives can only 
be good, and noble and courageous. If we 
accept any less than this our lives will be 
correspondingly less. d . R . tT\ R/vv/v^^ 


Feb. 1. Tamped snow around shrubs. 

Feb. 2. Four boys saw the Bank Officers' 
play. "The Filibuster," through the kindness of 
Mr. C. L. Burrill. 

Feb 3. Coldest night of the winter — 3 
degrees above zero. 

Feb. 4. Killed cow No. 24 for beef. 

Feb. 5. President Alfred Bowditch and 
Treasurer Arthur Adams visited the School. 

Feb. 6. Received one old and one young 
Berkshire boar from Mr. Webb Robbins, of 
East Acton. 

Feb. 7. Alumni dance at Winthrcp Hall, 
Upham's Corner, Dorchester. 

Feb. 9. Boys chose sides for snowball 
battle to take place the 22nd. 

Feb. 10. Boys began to build their snow 

Scow John Alden, having been moved 
from the cradle by high tide and gale, replaced. 

Feb. 14. Valentines given out in Chapel. 
Mr. Bradley, who is away, sent fruit for all, and 
planned a very pleasant evening for us. 

Began digging up frozen sewer pipes at 
farm house. 

Feb. 16. Steamer frozen in at v/harf. 

Whitewashed basement of stock barn. 

Water pipes on wharf frozen and replaced. 

Mail and passengers came by way of the 
Harbor Master's boat. Guardian. 

Feb. 17. Killed a pig. 

Harbor Master's boat favored us again 
with transportation to the city. 

Feb. 18. Indebted to the Harbor Master's 
boat again for transportation. 

Feb. 21. Fixed the sheathing of steamer 

Dolphin for long distance telephone line, 
lifted and displaced by heavy ice, temporarily 
braced and repairs made on line. 

Received our mail and supplies by courtesy 
of the Harbor Master's boat. 

Feb. 22. Holiday. The annual snowball 
battle took place this afternoon under very fa- 
vorable circumstances. General O'Conner, of 
the Scottish forces, defeated the Swiss under 
General Capaul. 

Feb. 23. Received our mail and supplies 
by courtesy of the Harbor Master's boat. 

Feb. 24. Again hunted brown-tail moths. 

Feb. 27. Fifty tons of egg coal came to- 




farm Scbool Bd»k 

Cash on hand, February 1, 1905 
Deposited during the month 

Withdrawn during the month 
Cash on hand, March 1, 1905 

Rettioi^ing tDc Bencb 

One afternoon before school, some boys 
went down to the skating pond with Mr. Mor- 
rison to take out the bench that we had to sit 
on, while putting on our skates. We got 
some shovels, mattocks, crowbars, and axes, 
and took out the beam which formed the 
bottom. We then chopped the ice away from 
behind it, as we wanted to keep it whole so 
another would not have to be made next year. 
We did not get it all out before school time. 
Charles A. Graves. 

Udlctitinc's nidbt 

On February fourteenth, Valentine's night, 
the fellows had a pleasant surprise given them. 
After bath we were all ready to go to bed when, 
instead of sending us there, Mr. Mann told the 
bugler to sound the "Assembly". When we 
heard it we were very much surprised. While 
we were seated in the Chapel the instructors 
brought in bananas and oranges. Mr. Mann 
told us that Mr. Bradley was still thinking of us 
although he was sick, and had sent the fruit 
and valentines, which were to be given so 
that we could have a pleasant evening. Mr. Dix 
gave us three or four selections on his phono- 
graph before the valentines were distributed. 
They were all a good kind of comic valentine. 


Then we made blind swaps with each other. This 
part of the program was the best, as there was 
more fun in it. In about half an hour the fruit 
was served. We retired about nine o'clock, 
with grateful hearts to Mr. and Mrs. Bradley for 
their kind remembrance. 

Louis P. Marchi. 

Splitting UJood 

In the afternoon, part of :ny work is to split 
kindling for the to build fires in the 
kitchen range. Some times I split two bushels 
at one time and some times more. I split 
pieces of planks or logs and then I cut them 
in pieces about six inches long. 

Charles F. Reynolds. 

Book €oilccti«ns 

Many of the boys like to read and to own 
good books. One boy has about forty and an- 
other, thirty. I have started a collection and 
have ten good story books. The library will 
furnish us with a book whenever we would 
like to have one. There are some very good 
books in the library, and the boys enjoy reading 
them very much. 

Charles W. Watson. 

6cttind Gravel from tDe BcacD 

Every day this week some one has been 
dov/n on the avenues scraping the gravel off the 
snow. One day I had to take a wheelbarrow and 
go down and remove the piles of gravel that two 
boys were making. I brought it up near the house 
and dumped it in a pile so that the snow that 
was mixed with it would melt. One of the 
boys was separating the snow and gravel from 
banks of snow while the other was putting 
the gravel into piles. 

Fred T. Upton. 

eatftcring Drift lUood 

One day I was told with some other boys 
to go down along the beach road and gather 
the rubbish that the tide had left behind when 
it went out. We had to take wheelbarrows and 
picks to loosen the rubbish in the ice. We 
wheeled it away to be burned. We did not get 
very much done before school time. 

Thomas Maceda. 

feeding the Squirrels 

This morning as 1 was at work in the 
sewing room I saw two squirrels digging in 
the grove for something to eat. I rapped on 
the window and one of them came up and tried 
to get in. I tliought he must be hungry, so 
I gave him some nuts to eat. He ate until he 
was satisfied. 

William A. Reynolds. 

Cleaning m lY)^ Pig Pens 

One afternoon Mr. McLeod told two of us 
to take Jim in the manure cart and clean out 
the pig pens. We went down to the old barn 
with manure forks, took out all the bad straw 
and put it in the cart. When we had it all in 
we dumped it on the manure pile. 

Robert H. May. 

Cleaning the Barn Basement 

One day Mr. McLeod told two of us to 
clean the basement and straighten things up. 
We first got a rake and a shovel and raked the 
earth part. We then took brooms and swept the 
paved part. After that we rounded the piles of 
dirt and put it into a barrel on a sled, and 
carried it over to the rubbish pile. 

Ervin G. Lindsey.. 

Cleaning tmp$ 

Every morning after breakfast I go to the 
sewing-room to fix the lamps. One of the 
boys brings them down. I unscrew the caps 
and fill the lamps with oil. While I am fillingthe 
lamps two other boys are cleaning the chim- 
neys. Then one of them trims the wicks and 
wipes them off, and sees if they burn alright. 
We then carry them where they belong. One 
of the boys scrubs the cloths we use and I 
scrub the table; then we are done. 

Alfred W. Jacobs. 

Plastering Cracks 

One day I was told to go into the laundry 
and plaster the cracks in the wall. I got a 
small pan and some plaster of Paris and fixed the 
cracks as best I could. I took two or three 
spoonfuUs of plaster and mixed it with water, 
and put it in with my putty knife. This was 
not hard work and soon I had it all done. 

William T. Walbert. 


Our Bana 

In our band ws have thirty-two instruments, 
in which some of tiie boys take a great interest. 
We iiave two bands, the new and the old. The 
old band plays for visitors, while in the new one 
the boys are learning so as to take the places of 
the old band boys when they go away. Our band- 
n^aster is Mr. Morse, but Mr. Brenton some- 
times takes Mr. Morse's place. The leader is 
one of the boys. The new band leader takes the 
old band leader's place when he goes away. 
I enjoy playing very much, and hope to play in 
anotlier band when I graduate. 

Warren H. Bryant. 

Boiliitd Tccd 

In the morning I have to boil feed for the pigs. 
The boiler in which the feed is boiled is the 
shape of a bowl, and is set in a stove which has 
a door in front about one foot square, and a chim- 
ney in the back which runs up about six feet. 
In this stove is built a wood-fire. In the boiler 
four buckets of water are put and a bushel of 
carrots. These are left there until they .are 
boiled and softened. Then they are taken to 
the barn, put into a barrel, and mixed with 
bran till we have a good mash. It is then ready 
to be fed to the pigs. 

Charles A. Graves. 

Cutting Tedder 

One day Mr. McLeod told some of us to 
cut fodder. We got the fodder down and put it 
in a pile near the cutter. We then got a horse 
for the horse power and began to cut. One of the 
boys handed the fodder to another, and he gave 
it to Mr. Ferguson who put it in the cutter. 
When it was cut I pushed it down the trap- 
We cut a bin full before it was time to clean 
up the floor. The corn is given to the cows. 
Spencer S. Profit. 

Tourth Class motto 

The fourth class have a very good motto 
which I think they ought to carry out. While 
they are growing up to be men they ought to 
keep their motto, " Perseverance- Wins", in 
their minds at all times. If we all try to perse- 
vere we will nearly always accomplish what we 

attempt. Percy Wiley was chosen to make 
a design for the words. He had a piece of 
paper about sixteen inches long and a foot wide. 
It is grey in color with the words neatly arrang- 
ed on it. I think the class will live up to their 

Joseph B. Keller. 

B Calk on Kentucky 

One day Miss Goff came into our school- 
room to tell us about Kentucky, where she used 
to live. She said Kentucky was noted for its 
blue grass, fine horses, and whiskey. The grass 
is not blue but green. It has a blue flower. 
When it is in blossom the whole field looks blue. 
This grass grows only in the fertile part of the 
state. It blooms only in June, although the 
seeds are sown in February on top of the snow. 
When the snow melts they are washed into the 
soil. Some people say that this grass is what 
makes such fine horses. These horses are 
sent to all parts of the world. Miss Goff said 
the people of other states have tried to raise 
the blue grass but have not succeeded very well. 
They have a great deal of corn in Kentucky. 
We liked this talk and I think we will 
remember it. 

James R. Gregory. 

Carrying Sand 

One afternoon I was told to get a wheel- 
barrow and go down to the beach to get sand. 
I cleared away the ice and took a pick and 
loosened the frozen sand. When I had a wheel- 
barrow full I brought it to the house to thaw out. 
This sand is put on the ice where we have to 

Ralph P. Ingalls. 

Shelling Corn 

Once in a while there is corn to be shelled 
for the poultry. I generally have to do it. I 
take a bag from the poultry house, and go into 
the corn barn. I put some corn on the ear in a 
barrel, and put the barrel at one end of the corn 
sheller and an empty one at the other end. I 
turn the handle and feed the machine, and the 
corn is shelled. 1 puf a bushel in a bag, and 
take it' to the poultry house for the poultry. 

Edward Capaul. 



Horace F. Edmands. '95, left the School 
to work on a farm in East Hampton, Mass., 
where he remained until the death of his 
employer in 1897. In August, '97, he began 
work on a farm in Salem and stayed with his 
employer until 1901. Later he Vv'orked for the 
Boston Elevated Railway for about a year, and 
then took a course in Pernin's Business College, 
in Boston. Since April, 1903, he has been em- 
ployed by Lutz & Schramm Co.. 33 Commercial 
Wharf, Boston, as bookkeeper and cashier. 
Horace is to be commended for his persistent 
efforts to get an education and work his way up, 
which has always been his aim. 

Jllumni Mtiti 

Although the Association has given many 
entertainments and good times to its members, 
from a successful point of view, none of the 
former have equaled the dance given in VVinthrop 
Hall, Upham's Corner, Dorchester, February 
7th. The hall was comfortably filled soon after 
eight o'clock. Mrs. Charles H. Bradley and 
Mrs. Richard C. Humphreys were matrons. 
The invited guests present were: Manager and 
Mrs. Thomas F. Temple and friends, Mr. Richard 
C. Humphreys, and Mr. Arthur Adams, the 
treasurer of the School. Mr. Bradley, owing 
to illness, could not be present. We all miss- 
ed him very much, for we were looking forward 
to his being with us. Mr. Adams represented 
the Board of Managers and favored those pres- 
ent with an impromptu speech on behalf of 
the Managers and Mr. Bradley. The matrons 
received in the rear of the hall, just under the 
balcony. This part was prettily decorated with 
potted plants and cut flowers, and the floor was 
laid with rugs. Owing to the very good pro- 
gram of dances which had been prepared, 
every one danced all the numbers. Much 
praise can be given to Mead's Orchestra, of 
Stoughton, for their selection and rendering of 
the pieces. John E. Bete, of our number, is 
a member of this orchestra. Mr. Howard B. 
Ellis ably conducted himself as floor director. 
Among his numerous duties was the announce- 
ment of a "lost glove." The dance order was 

a plain folder with the pencils attached 
with cords of the School colors, old gold and 
navy blue. About ten o'clock the intermission 
was called for refreshments ard all adjourned 
to the hall above. Dancing followed this until 
midnight, when the curfew was rung. 

When persons have spent much lime and 
labor in the interests of an idea and have suc- 
cessfully brought that idea to a climax, they are 
to be congratulated. That is the way in which 
we must view the work of the Entertainment 
Committee. Working individually they could 
not have obtained the desired result; but by 
carefully considering and shspirg the sugges- 
tions of each, success was gained. 

We give credit also to the many members 
of the Association for their help in disposing of 
tickets, one member having sold iweniy. A 
good many have asked to have the dance an 
annual affair. This rests with the committee 
which is elected each year, but we liave no 
doubt that their wish will be gratified. The 
following graduates were present with a large 
number of their friends. 

George Buchan 
Thomas Brown 
John E. Bete 
Ernest Curley 
Edward L. Davis 
Augustus N. Doe 
John J. Conklin 
Horace F. Edmands 
Howard B. Ellis 
Merton P. Ellis 
William Flynn 

Walter Hermann 
Frederick Hill 
Herbert A. Hart 
Charles Jorgensen 
Clarence W. Loud 
John A. Lundgren 
Alfred C. Malm 
Henry F. McKenzie 
Herbert A. Pulson 
William L. Snow 
Charles F. Spear 

One day 1 was told to sweep cobwebs 
in the stock barn. I got a plank and put it 
across two beams and then swept all that I could 
reach. I moved it several times, until 1 heard 
some one call me to come down. 1 got down, 
and Mr. McLeod told me to take a stick and go 
up on the ladder and clean the cobwebs 1 could 
reach from there. 

George P. Wiley. 



Vol 8. No. 12. 

Printed at the Farm School, Boston, Mass. 


April, 1905- 

Entered November 23, 1903, at Boston, Mass., as Second-class matter, under Act of Congress of July 16. 1894. 



The picture above shows a number of boys 
removing the spruce grove on the eastern side 
of the lawn. The trees were old and many were 
dying. We have many trees of various kinds 
on the Island. Some are not properly developed 
and others have no grass at the base. The 
reason for this is that the sun cannot force its 
way properly through the leaves so the grass 
does not have a chance to grow. This spruce 


grove has obstructed the view from our main 
building. Besides, it was not in harmony with 
the plan of the grounds. These trees being so 
near together, had not the chance to grow like 
the other trees, and were not so beautiful. The 
branches of the trees that are so closely grown 
together are higher from the ground. Such 
was the case of most of the trees in the interior 
of our little grove, while the outside ones had 
their branches nearer the ground. Nearly all 
the trees had the soil around their roots cleared 


away with a mattock and shovel. Then the 
roots were cut with one end of the mattock close 
up to the tree. When all the visible roots were 
cut, the tree was roped and pulled over. 
The stumps were sawed off with the cross-cut 
saw, and the branches were cut off with the axe. 
The logs were drawn by horses to the lumber 
yard. The smaller branches were carried 
away from the lawn to be burned, while 
the larger ones were trimmed and saved for 
fire-wood. The stumps were carted to the south 
end of our Island to help fill in along the dike 
by the beach. Later, a portion of the ground 
where the trees were removed is to be plough- 
ed and planted with shrubs. The rest is to be 
sowed with grass seed when the soil is prepared, 
and in a little while we hope to see this section 
of the ground as good as the rest. This is the 
first experience we fellows have had in logging 
at Farm School. 

Charles Warner. 

(Uatcring Plants 

In the second schoolroom there are some 
plants which I water every morning before 
school. Some times I take off the dead leaves 
and trim the plants. They are set in a window 
box. It is made of hard pine and lined with 
zinc, so if the water runs out of the pots it will 
not go on the floor. The plants have been in 
there all winter and will go out soon. 

Charles F. Reynolds. 

Going 0<^er in m Boat 

One day I was one of the crew to go over 
to City Point in the boat. There was a hard 
and strong wind blowing and it was very rough. 
It was hard work rowing. However we were not 
long in getting to the wharf where the boat lands. 
After the passengers left we started home. 
When we were coming back we were with 
the wind and we reached the Island very soon 
after we left City Point. 

Albert Probert. 

Cbc Sunrise 

One morning this winter, as I was going to 
work, I saw a light red color in the eastern skies. 
1 knew it was the sunrise and I stopped to look 

at it. The color was the reflection of the sun on 
the clouds. , It looked very pretty beyond the 
water and the hills. The sun shone on the water 
and made it look very pretty, as though it were 
streaked with red. This sunrise was a very 
beautiful one. I liked it the best of any I have 
seen this winter. We have many pretty sun- 
rises here and our Island is a good place to see 

Robert H. May. 

$crccnin«i 6ra<^e! 

Mr. Morrison sent two of us down to 
the beach by the boat house to screen gravel. 
We took some shovels from the tool-room. We 
put the screen in a place where there was plenty 
of gravel and began to screen it. We 
screened two large piles of gravel before 

Raymond E. Atwood. 

Sweeping Gutters 

One morning I was sent with a gutter- 
broom to sweep the gravel in the gutters 
into piles. I swept the gutters on the front 
avenue, and after I had half the avenue done 
I took a wheelbarrow and gathered up the 
piles. I took a shovel and spread the gravel 
around the avenue. After I had finished that, I 
took a rake and raked out the leaves and sticks. 
Then the bell rang to get ready for dinner. 

Albert S. Beetchy. 

Badding Rags 

Mr. McLeod told two of us to go down to 
the old barn and bag up the rags that were 
scattered over the scaffold. We bagged 
a lot of them and tied them up. When we 
had filled them as full as we could, we put them 
on the other side of the scaffold. 

Prescott B. Merrifield. 

mork on the Gardens 

One noon Mr. Morrison told the boys they 
could work on their gardens. The boys got 
spades and trowels to dig up the soil and place 
the stones around the edges. The dead stocks 
were carried away and the ground made ready 
for the new seeds we will plant this spring. 
James P. Embree. 


UlorK in tU BaKcry 

The principal part of my work is making 
the bread. At night after school I go round to 
the bakery and get several armfulls of wood 
and put them on the bakery grate, ready for the 
fire in the morning. Then I clean up the dirt 
I have made. The first thing after supper, one 
of the boys and I sift one-half barrel of flour in 
our bread tray for the bread. This will make 
about eighty two-pound loaves of bread. 
When the dough is made, we put the tins on 
the table and grease them. In the morning 
about five o'clock, we knead and put the dough 
in the tins. After this is done one scrapes 
the tray while the other gets up wood for the 
fire. After we are through with the bread I 
generally clean up my bakery or mix my gin- 
ger bread, cookies or any other baking I have 
to do. Every Tuesday and Saturday I make 
ginger bread and on F'ridays 1 make cookies 
and bake the beans. I get off from mixing 
bread once a week. 

Warren H. Bryant. 

Our old €ltn 

On the Island 24 feet 5 inches east of the 
main building stands our old elm, which we 
all honor very much. It rises to a height 
of about 90 feet and spreads out 38 feet 
on either side. The diameter of the trunk just 
above the ground is about 3 feet and it throws 
out some very large limbs. The roots of this 
tree extend one hundred feet where, even then, 
they are quite large. So we can see how far 
the tree reaches for its food. Around this tree 
has been built a fine oak bench with an asphalt 
foundation so it will not rot. This tree is of 
great use in summer in many ways. When we 
are playing a game of baseball or any hot game 
and feel like cooling off, all we have to do is to 
sit under the old elm for a while and we feel 
fresh again. When the graduates come to the 
Island to visit, they hardly ever go away without 
sitting under the old elm. The tree is used a 
great deal as a goal when hide-and-go-seek and 
other games are played. It shelters our school 
rooms from the hot sun, which is very unpleasant 
in sumrner. The tree with its leaves is a very 

pretty sight. Every one here and those who 
have gone away would miss the tree very 
much if any thing should happen to it. 

Leslie R. Jones. 

Playing Cag 

Since the playgrounds have been dry the 
boys play tag; about ten boys play in one game. 
One boy takes "it," and if he tags another fel- 
low he has to be "it." They keep this up until 
the bell rmgs. 

Herbert M. Nelson. 

Evacuation Day Parade 

On Evacuation Day, March 17th, sixteen 
of the boys went over to South Boston to see 
the parade. We went up Dorchester Ave. and 
found a place where v/e could get a good view 
of the parade. As it came along we saw at the 
front mounted police, followed by a band. 
After the band came a squad of marines which 
looked very well. There were several regi- 
ments of light artillery, infantry and school 
cadets, headed by bands and drum corps. 
They looked very nice, though some did not 
march very well. Following those that were 
niarching were several carriages in which were 
seated well-known men. Some peanuts were 
bought for us, and we had a very good time. 

Louis P. Marchi. 

UlorK in tDe (UasDroom 

One morning Mr. Morrison told ine to 
work in the washroom. I took a broom and 
swept the floor. After that I dusted the pipes 
and hooks, and then shined brass for the rest 
of the morning. 

George J. Balch. 

Cbe Coming of Spring 

Spring is always hailed with delight by the 
boys as well as the grown people. Winter is 
enjoyed while it is here, but we are always glad 
to have the spring come and are never tired ot 
the bright changes. The snow is gone, 
the buds are starting, the birds are beginning to 
come back to us and the frost is leaving the 
ground. Every thing is casting off the dreary 
cloak of winter and putting on the bright and 
more cheery one of spring. 

Don C. Clark. 


Cbompson's Tsland Beacon 

Published Monthly by the 

Thompson's Island, Boston Harbor. 


Vol. 8. No. 12. 

April, 1905. 

Subscription Price - 50 cents per year. 



Alfred Bowditch. 


Henry S. Grew. 


Arthur Adams. 


Tucker Daland. 


Melvin O. Adams, 

I. Tucker Burr, 

Charles P. Curtis, Jr., 
Charles T. Gallagher, 
Walter Hunnewell, 
Henry Jackson, M. D., 
Richard M. Saltonstall, 
Francis Shaw, 

William S. Spaulding, 
Thomas F. Temple, 

Moses Williams, Jr. 

Charles H. Bradley, 


Agriculture is the oldest occupation of man. 
The first labor of primitive man was to scratch 
the earth and to plant the seed in order to feed 
himself and his family. Long before machinery 
came into use, man ploughed his fields with a 
forked stick and harvested his crops with a 
rough tool. His first thought was to maintain 
life, and after that to clothe and shelter him- 
self. He labored for his food. From this labor 

and the problems it presented to him as his 
family became more complex, grew his knowl- 
edge and training. Farming was the basis 
from which all his development has come. 

The tilling of the soil being the first es- 
sential in the maintenance of life and the root 
from which all man's development has come, it 
would seem wise to have agriculture the basis 
of our system of education. Let it be the trunk, 
rooted and_~grounded in the soil, from which the 
branches of manual training and culture shall 
spread. Its problems are so varied, requiring 
thought as well as action, that it includes 
nearly the entire scope of the requisite training 
of youth. Indeed, what problems are omitted— 
carpentering, blacksmithing, engineering, me- 
chanics, arithmetic, geography, history, chemis- 
try, physics, botany, all co-ordinate with the 
tilling of the soil. The mysteries of plant and 
animal life invite the most careful and devoted 
research. As we look into them, the fields of 
physiology, geology, entomology, climatology 
and many others open up before us. We find 
in the study of agriculture the fundamentals on 
which all higher learning is dependent. The 
system of education that has agriculture as its 
basis, has taken the youth to the very source of 
our development and has called upon him to 
exercise all his powers. The farm is a school 
in which the boy deals at first hand with the 
problems of life. 

For a while the eagerness to fly to heights 
of learning and seek knowledge for its own sake 
and to browse in other fields of thought, caused 
men to forget the farm and its problems, and bury 
themselves in literature and language and 
science. But now the neglected problems of 
the farm are coming to the fore, and the value 
of the farm as the basis of an educational system 
recognized. The farm schools and school gar- 


dens, the agricultural colleges and high schools 
bear witness to this fact. The growing nature 
study movement is but another expression of 
this tendency. It is fast advancing and bids 
fair to influence the whole system of the pri- 
mary and secondary schools. And it should be 
encouraged for the foundation is solid and en- 
during, broad and fertile. (A- ^- TT|cuvv^x. 


March 3. Section of flooring in Gardner 
Hall relaid. 

March 5. Sunday. Several instructors 
and boys attended church in town. 

March 6. Printing presses examined and 

March 7. Herbert F. Watson and Wil- 
liam F. Hill entered the School. 

Door to assembly room fitted with new 
threshold and casing. 

March 8. Sewing machines overhauled 
and repaired. 

March 13. New picture moulding put up 
in the dormitories. 

March 14. One lot of periodicals receiv- 
ed from Manager Charles T. Gallagher. 

March 16. Began pruning fruit trees. 

Painted deck of the Pilgrim. 

March 17. Winter term of school clos- 
ed. One week's vacation. 

First grade boys with instructors saw the 
Evacuation Day parade in South Boston. 

March 18. Tops and marbles given out. 

Began testing garden seeds in the school- 

Two suits of clothes received from Mr. H. 
R. Dalton. 

March 19. Sunday. Held evening ser- 
vice only. Vacation. 

March 20. Launched the scow John 

March 21. Went to Walworth's for 

Heavy wind, and some snow fell. 

Percy Smith, Clarence L. Chick and 
Ralph H. Holt entered the School. 

March 22. A breeding pen of Barred 
Plymouth Rocks received. 

Literature from Mrs. Jorden, of Stoneham, 

Walter D. Norwood left the School to 
work at the Sharon Sanatorium. 

March 23. Illustrated London News 
from July, 1904, to March 4, 1905, received 
from Miss E. S. Bacon. 

March 24. Garden seeds came. 

March 26. Sunday. Graduate Howard 
L. Hinckley called. 

Held evening service only. Vacation. 

March 27. Went to Walworth's for 

Our teachers visited schools in town. 

Fifteen volumes of "Modern Eloquence" 
received from Hon. Henry W. Swift. 

March 28. Seed potatoes came. 

Two-horse farm cart painted. 

Spring term of school began. 

March 29. Outside windows removed. 

Blacksmith shod all the horses. 

March 30. Manager Francis Shaw visit- 
ed the School. 

A few of the boys saw the Annual Prize 
Drill of the Boston Latin School Cadets, at 
Mechanics' Building, by courtesy of C. H. 
Bradley, Jr. 

fwm School Bank 

Cash on hand, March 1, 1905 
Deposited during the month 



Withdrawn during the month 

Cash on hand, April 1, 1905 $610.91 

Cleanittd up tbc Orcbara 

The other day Mr. McLeod told somie 
other fellows and me to clean up the orchard. 
We collected all the big limbs and Mr. Fergu- 
son chopped off all the small twigs that were of 
no use, and kept the large pieces for bakery 
wood. Those that were of no use were taken 
over to the rubbish pile. We had not finished 
the job when the bell rang. 

Spencer S. Profit. 


Cleaning np the Corn Barn 

A few days ago ! was told to go down to 
the corn barn and clean it up. I went to the 
storage barn to get a wheelbarrow and an 
empty barrel. Then 1 placed a chute from 
the door to the barrel into which I was putting 
my good corn; and all the cobs I put in my 
wheelbarrow. When 1 got a wheelbarrow 
load of cobs I took them to the rubbish pile. 
While I was putting the corn cobs in my wheel- 
barrow a few dropped out, and I liad to pick them 
up. Those 1 dropped as I was going over, I 
picked up when I came back. The purpose of 
this was to separate the good corn from the 
corn-cobs. Earle C. Marshall. 


One noon just after dinner Mr. Morrison 
had two boys pass out jackstones. Each boy 
who desired them got four. Nearly all the boys 
wanted them, and immediately after they were 
dismissed, a number went up into the Hall and 
played with each other. They played on the 
benches and on the platform, and, when these 
places were filled, sat on the floor and played. 
This craze lasted for about a week. 

Allan H. Brown. 

my (UorK in m Schoolroom 

At one o'clock I come into the school- 
room and begin to sweep the floor, and the 
stairs. Then I dust the desks and the big table 
and arrange the books under the table. After 
that I erase and dust the black-boards. When 
the teacher comes she tells me what books to 
put on the desks. Then 1 go down and get 
ready for school. 

William A. Reynolds. 

Pictures in Our Schoolroom 

The pictures in our schoolroom are very 
pretty. There are about ten large ones. One 
of the pictures represents a poem, "The Village 
Blacksmith". In the picture one may see the 
blacksmith working at the forge and the school 
children looking in at him. Another represents 
' ' The Children's Hour." In this there are three 
girls on the broad stairs, with the large clock in 
the back. Another is "The Gleaners," which 

is Millet's masterpiece. In this, three peasants 
are picking up the remaining sheaves of wheat. 
In the distance is the large wagon. Another is 
of George Washington, which we all like very 
mucli. Still another picture is of the Matter- 
horn Mountain in the Alps, in Europe. 
There are also some other very good pictures. 
Charles W. Watson. 

PicRino !!p Cwigs 

One morning I was told to pick up twigs 
on the lawn. When I got an armful I put them 
In a pile. After I had a big pile I got a waste 
barrel and took them over to the bank. 

Harold Y. Jacobs. 


A fev/ of the fellows have bracket outfits. 
When we make a picture frame, a paper knife 
or a bracket, we get a piece of wood and plane 
it down to about a quarter of an inch thick, and 
shellac it so that it won't warp. Then we 
choose our design and with impression paper 
and a tracing pencil we trace around the design 
and on the inside. After we get it all traced 
we take the design off and see if it is good. If 
it is not heavy enough we trace it over with 
lead pencil. We then bore holes .where we are 
to begin to saw out. When we are done saw- 
ing, we shellac it. After it gets dry we sandpaper 
it and shine it. Then it is done. 

Leon H. Quinby. 

mashing lUindows 

One morning Mr. Morrison told me to re- 
port to the kitchen. There I v/as told to wash 
windows, so I got the cloths and started. 1 had 
four cloths. I used one to wash with and the 
two others to wipe or dry the windows. 
These had so much lint on them that I had to 
go over the windows again with the old cotton 
cloth to get the lint off. Before school that 
morning I washed three windows. Then the 
cloths had to be washed out and dried. 

Alfred H. Neumann. 


Carrylna Cogs did about two rows. 

Before school one day. a number of us were Clarence M.Daniels. 

told to go down and carry logs from the grove PrcpdrJIld tbC l)OtI$Cd$ 

to the lumber yard. At first we carried the logs There are two hotbeds over by the root- 
by hand, but after a while we took bars and put cellar and each year they have to be fixed anew. 
them under the logs, and it was then easier. We first take off the loam, which is about two 
After we had carried most of them we left or three inches thick. Next we take out the 
the bars and again used our hands. Altogether dressing, which is about eighteen inches thick, 
we carried twenty logs. The stumps were put and then put in some fresh. I v/as told to go to 
in a pile and Mr. Ferguson came wiih a the barn and get a tamper to tamp it. After I 
two-horse wagon and took them away. It was finished that, the loam was put on and raked 

then school time. There are only four trees 
left to be cut down. 

Everett A. Rich. 

Paintitid a Dmind Koctti Tloor 

For some time we had been waiting to 
paint the floor in number one dining room, and 
as it has not been occupied lately, we have it 
done at last. First we had to putty the 
many cracks in the floor. This took two large 
balls of putty. The putty had to be made red 
by putting red paint in it so that the floor would 
look all right when it was stained. I stained 
the floor and when it was dry, varnished it. 
It now looks very well. 

William T. Walbert. 

Diniitd Ixoont Ulork 

In the dining room I do the table work. 
After supper I put on an apron and collect the 
dishes and put them in the sink to be washed. 
After the dishes are collected, I brush the crumbs 
from the tables, sweep the floor, wash the tables 
and set them with the dishes for the next meal. 
Sometimes. 1 do the sink work. First, I wash 
all the dishes, which takes me about half an hour. 
When I get the dishes washed, I wash the towels 
and the sinks. 

Ralph H. Marshall. 

Uncovering Strawberry Uine$ 

One day Mr. McLeod told another boy 
and me to take the dressing off the straw- 
berry vines. He showed us how to do it and 

level. The glass was put on next to keep it 
warm. A thermometer is put in to tell the 
warmth of the bed. The average heat is from, 
eighty to ninety degrees. The other bed is 
fixed the same way. 

George P. Wiley. 

Cbe mm 

The ground around the buildings for the 
past three weeks has been very muddy, but now 
it is drying and there Is new gravel being put 
on. When the gravel is spread and raked it 
looks very well. Sometimes it rains and ero- 
sion takes place. The ruts have to be filled with 
clay, tamped and gravel put on. This makes 
the walks look smooth and flat. 

John J. Emory. 


Last Saturday Mr. Morrison said that the 
first three grades could go fishing. As soon as 
I had finished my work in the kitchen, I asked if 
I could go to my drawer and get my fishing line. 
I went down to the beach and picked up some 
clams and then to the wharf where I stopped to 
fish. 1 succeeded in catching two sculpins before 
it was time to leave. 

Everiste T. Porche. 

Current events 

One morning every week the third class 
has "Current Events". Our teacher asks us 
if we have anything to say about the war or 
any interesting thing that has happened 
during the past week. When we are through 

we went to work. We took the dressing off talking, she reads about the war or some other 

and put it in piles between the rows. We were interesting subject. Sometimes we spend half 

careful not to break the leaves or stalks and an hour talking about recent happenings. 
to get all the dressing off of the vines. We Joseph A. Kalberg. 



Ernest Curley, '01, since leaving the 
School has been in tlie employ of Dr. A. N- 
Blodgett, 51 Massachusetts Ave., Boston, where 
he has had a most excellent opportunity for ed- 
ucating himself. He recently graduated from 
the evening High School and expects to enter 
the Institute of Technology next year. 

John J. Irving, '00, was for two years with 
the American Tool and Machine Co. of Hyde 
Park, and then worked for the Boston Elevated 
Railway and the Fore River Engine Works. The 
season of 1903 he spent on the U. S. Life Sav- 
ing Station at City Point, and is now assistant 
keeper at the Dumpling Rock Light House, 
Dartmouth, Mass. 

Henry F. McKenzie, '99, has been for 
about a year with C. C. Hutchinson, dealer in 
nautical instruments, 153 State St., Boston. 

OvE W. Clemmenson, '94, for about six 
years has been employed by the Metropolitan 
Steamship Co., and about a year ago was promo- 
ted to First Assistant Engineer of the H. M. 
Whitney of that line. Ove has always been a 
hard worker and deserves the good position 
which he holds. His home is in East Boston. 

Pickitid up Drift mood 

One morning Mr. Morrison told some of 
the boys to go down on the beach in front of 
the old barn, and pick up driftwood that the 
waves had thrown on the beach. Some of 
this wood was frozen into the ground. Two of 
us took picks and dug this wood from the ground, 
and put it into piles. Another boy came with 
a wheelbarrow and picked up the wood, and 
wheeled it over by the boat house. We worked 
there until quarter of nine. 

Ernest N. Jorgensen. 

Carrying Corn 

One day Mr. McLeod told another boy 
and me to get a wheelbarrow and a basket 
and carry some corn to the pigs, horses and 

cows. We went to the corn barn and made a 
chute from the bin to the basket. I climbed 
into the bin and shoveled the corn down. The 
other boy went with it to the barn. Then 1 took 
another basket and. while the other boy was 
gone, 1 filled it and picked up what had fallen on 
the floor. 

Herbert Watson. 

Prize Drill of m Boston Catin ScHooi 

On the afternoon of March thirtieth, three 
boys went to the Mechanics' Building with 
an instructor to see the Boston Latin School 
prize drill. First, three junior companies came 
on the floor and drilled. We thought they 
did very well. Next came an individual drill. 
About ten boys caine out on the floor and 
went through various maneuvers. After that the 
druin corps marched around the hall. Then 
the senior coinpanies drilled. After the seniors 
were through there was another individual drill. 
The evening parade, which came last, was the 
best of all. We spent a very pleasant after- 
noon, thanks to Mr. C. H. Bradley, Jr. 

Thoivias Carnes. 

Our Uacation 

The last vacation was a good one. although 
it rained a few days. We wcked in the shtp 
when it rained. On the pleasant days the boys 
went bow and arrow shooting, walked around the 
beach or worked in the shop. We had two 
and a half hours extra each morning or afternoon 
to enjoy ourselves. The boys in the first grade 
were allowed to go around the beach every day 
and those in the second, every other day. 

William Proctor. 

Che Circular $aw 

We have a circular saw out in the shop, 
run by the gasoline engine. There are three 
cross-cuts and two rip-saws. The rip-saws 
are intended for cutting with the grain of the 
wood and the cross-cuts for cutting across the 
grain. There is one small cross- cut for cutting 
out small box joints and covers of boxes. These 
saws are very useful. 


D E X. 

p.r Q 


43 Animals, Our New 

4r: - -i««, ricking: 

51 utumn on Our Island 

SRB Ash ::ouse 

92 Alumni Dance 


W. Idnsmore 
J, Keller 
H. Phillips 
Earl Marshall 












Boat, Going Over in tl] e 
Bap-ging Kags 
5akery Vfork 
Ball ,Fla.ying 
Ball, Flaying 
Ball, \ Game of 
Brocks, Cleaning 
Beds, Gleaning 
Beach, Gleaning the 
Beach I?ood, Gathering 
Beach Reports 
Blankets, V'ashing 
Band Books, Pasting I'usic 
Band, Our 
Bird's :^est, \ 
Boat J-'ouse, Cleaning the 
Bakery Hack/ The 
Butter, r'aking 
Bench , T^^e New 

in t}:e 


Bundles from iione 
Beacons, Sending . 
Bailey , Prof , J.^V . 
Book, !'*'_ T^'irst 
Blacksmi thing 
B i 1 9 1' ?\o m '7o 2\k 
Bench", Kerno Icing the 
Book Collections of 
Barn Basement, Cleanin' 




F err if i eld 

Wit tig 
Ton Clark 
H. Marshall 
Roland Tyler 
Geo, ^'aguire 
Rob't Gregory 
L.P, I'archi 
Geo, Leighton 
Barney r^ill 
W. PI. Bryant 
E, Lindsey 
C. Taylor 
L.B, I'eans 
•To , Kalberg 
C. V^ittig 
C, A, Reynolds 

A.S, Beetchy 

B. Kill 
W. Lake 

A. Graves 


E. Lindsey 

x^ >* at 

cnmtfX/ S6 










:'ott«^«, ?ixlnc up the 

CUtlMt Line, The 

Canine ohairs 

Cirttltt An Afternoon at the 


Conduct "rizes 

Conduct rizes 

Clam Bakes 

Cobvebs, Sweeping 


Corn Koast, The 

cot. Row, A Trial 

Cot, Row, Thank s{?ivihf^ '"roclamat 

Cot. Row, Voting for Officers 

Cutting Corn 

Claying Euts 

Celery, Banking 

Corn Kusking 

Christmas ^^n ter jtai nn 9njb_ . 

-Coaling up 



Clecn liness 

Carrying Fater 

Corn, Hauling 

Corn, Shelling 

Cobwebs, Sweeping 

Corn Barn, Cleaning Hp 

Current Invents 

Corn, Carrying 

Circular Sav;, The 

L, Varahi 
E, Pierkea 
?.G. Welch 

T, McCarragher 
C ,S, Nelson 
K, Jorgensen 

W, K.Bryant 
ion Allan Brown 
R.'vV, Gregory 
Ron Clark 
E, Nichols 
Van Brown 








S. May 


Le^avo r 


A.Rierke s 




. Capaul 






, Xalberg 





14 Pigging Randelions 

15 Read Limbs 
drawings. Blackboard 
Rictionaries, Our ^"eivj 
Rining Room ''/ork 
Rog, T^"e (Bernard) 
Rrift ^''ood, -atherin^ 


99 Lining Room 7loor, 

11 .-, -; 


P.R. Cardner 
'"red Upton 
J. Clifford 
^^\ Proctor 
Ruay Atv;ood 
C . Nelson 
Thos. r'aceda 

'^. Walbert 











.' ;;'!«jT^% 









99 Dlnlnc: room v^ork 

100 rrlft. ^^od, Piokinc ^^p 






95 -^ 
















7r ' ise 

Tc ..._uat9s 

'essons from the "'j^r 

-. 00 d rt'ime 

"' emorial" Days 


iv ing 

All - ro und r.du cation 



Easter Concert ?rograrn 

"^t P. A, Banquet 

■Entertainment, The l^ex: 

Entertainment , 


Elm, Cur Old 

vacuation Day Parade 

H. K'armhiill 

E. Jorgtnsen 

,K. Clarke 


,H. Clarke 


,11. Clarke 


.A. Rath 


. A. Rath 


, A, Rath 


. J, Clark 


, R. Mann 


, R . Mann 


. R. Iv'ann 

A. R. Mann 
A, R, ^'ann 

i ear s 
A r'usical 
Ilom.e :.'kt . Club 


'fertilizer, '"ixinr; 
E ill ing in v/ith Sods 
T^ruit Culture, Small 
^curth of July Celebration 
:^loat, (^etting,fi'or. South end 
Eresh Air 

Eootball Game, r"e I'^irst 
Eootball, Brookline vs '^arrr. School 
^'ootball Game, a 
'football. Our Last Game 
Eootball, Karvard-Penn. 
Eoctball Game, T^^e 
Eeed for Cows, lixing 
Eorts, Milking 
'orts, Pliiyinr on the 
Eeed, Boiling 
""odder, Cutting 
'ourth Class '.'otto 

G. MeKenzie 
Geo. Beetchy 
B, Quinby 
L , R . Jo ne s 


L. Kay den 

C .Blatchfcrd 

K, Chase 
A. Probert 
Ct . Stackpole 
L.i-i. Jones 
G, f'cirenzie 
C. Wittig 
Weston Esau 
H. Phillips 
E. Marshall 
A, Gi-aves 
S.S. Profit 

^. T. Porche 

natntno t-Aot' ,joo jtm^ 








9 4 

'raduates' r^ntertainment Pro£;ram 
'ra^e, "urning 

- '"' '- ^j_^^* ent ertainment 

" ' ■ 3r -tones, Uettinf;; 
"^ ins, ..'ixinr the 
, /In Interesting 

'ana, .rhe 

an ^^ork 

r^arden v/ork 

Trang-plank, Paint in/r the 
Oravel, Screening 
C ravel, Getting 
Gravel, Screening: 
"eraniums, Slipping 
Gpjr. e, A J'.ard 
Gravel, Getting 
Gutter, rixlcing a 
Greasing Axles 
Gymnasium, Our 
Guttei^s, Sweeping 
Gardens, Work on 

i. . . liraaher 

W, Proctor 
Don Clark 

G .W.Watson 

H.Iv;. Nelson 
Ed, Capaul 

J,?, Nelson 
Ray Atwood 
P.T. Upton 
Ed, Capaul 

W, p. .Norwood 
?, Ploye 
T, I.'aceda 
D, Roby 
L. Kayden 
P. Embree 

u Hotbeds, P r ep ar ing t he 

99 Hotbeds, Preparing the 

10 Harness, Cleaning 

11 Horse, The New 

31 Hay, Get ting- 
Si Hoeing Corn 

3 2 Hedge, T r imrn ing 
47 History 

55 Hallowe'en 

62 I'orses, Our 

76 Holida.;/ Pleasures 

98 Jiickstonos 

91 I'entucky, A Talk on 

''- Lectu re About Seal 

11 Lecture on Havana 

39 Lecture on Japan 

W , Hrueh 
P. Wiley 
L, R.Jones 
R. Tyler 
Jo, Keller 
R. Hi ley 
J.J. Fjrno ry 

A Graves 
C ,S .Nelson 

Allan Prov/n 

Jiis , Gregory 

- . DeVar 

C. Salisbury 


;j-x«Jn. ^••i Attain 


sninTo: ^%mat 


iiein ••eJaJb/n ' 


,3r rjiji ■. f©l;-' 


rxi> «•n»^ 


:p.r n' ,ft 






■'■^*" nejyxii 







• -* 



TAUnoh Kld« 

i.,. .JOIIM 


Ti9g|«r Launch, The 



"V.'.er, Olearinc '^way 

Wm, Walbort 


'ibrary, v.ur School 

W, Proctor 


"''••^^^•, ^.ciklnc 

L.F. quinby 


^, '"orking on tlie 

P . Gardner 



A, \7, Jacobs 



G . Warner 


.- .., -... .-ying 

E. Kich 


I ice York 

C, O^Connar 


I'aps, The .'Tew 

W , A , x.e yno Ids 


roequitoes, Garryinp; Oil fcr 

L, Jones 


Tonkeys, The 

L.P, Iv'archi 



Thos, Games 


Mt, Vesuvius 

H. IDierkes 


-Vats, HrII 

K, Phillips 


J'anhole, I.'aking 



I.'oths, Kuntinr Brovm-tail 

D , Fvo by 


for April, 1904 


for I'ay 


for June 


for July 


for Aug. 


for Sept. 


for Oct 


for ''ov. 


for Tjec . 


for Jan, 190 5 


for :^eb. 


for Karch. 

11 Orcliard, Plowing 

70 Onions fron^ Root Cellar, ^-^tting 

S3 Opening Oysters 

97 Orchard, Gleaning up 

K. Nichols 
L.Fl. Jones 
S. Profit 



•bl r Kenifihr 


,i-bniiA.t iu»|ji«iT 


^^illti^^Xl ,1#df^7 


doC iwO ,Vl«td|v" 


'•ntiU/r tttTatJ 


ijMo"' t*^«- 


.aa«X3 ««<|n0il 




L\:TiJiL t*:^^'^ 


:['to ©ot ? 


,8 : . 


iwpao : 




-yi ■ 



•^ --. -illinc 


3ns, iQaning 


Potato G«, cutting 


0, liproutine 


, l-^in^- 


xckinr; up 


: laying r ill-dill 


:-ig '"ag 


. J... ting Potatoes 


Picking up 


Picking over Beans 


Picking up Stones 


Pick ing up Tv^igs 


Pies, 5-cent 


Private Room, The 


Pictures of Schoclroom 


Prizes, Grew Garden 

Burtt Garden 


"■: 81 Good Gitizenship 

A dim s Ag r i c u 1 1 u r al 


Pond, Taking Care of 


Paint, Getting ready tc 

82 : 

Poultry House '"ork 


Pleasant Pvenings 


Popping Gorn 


Plastering Gi'acks 


P Ian t s , V/ii t e r ing 


Prize :;rill of 3.L.S. 

_ , ingall^ 

Ja8, KdBon 
?. T.Upton 
Jas. Pratt 
E. Lindsey 
E, Kich 
H,J , Nelson 

L. Pari ing 
H, Y.Jacobs 
C, 'Conner 
J.J. Emo ry 

Don Clark 
Y/. Walbert 
Jas, Pratt 
J.J. ano ry 
Ghas, Warner 
W, Walbert 
C ,?. Reynolds 
Thos, Ciimes 

34 Kn.ccoon 

48 Reading Room 

63 Rat, Chasing a 

87 Reading Room 

Pv . Sawy e r 
L. Hayden 


1 Goil, ; Lecture- '^ bo 1^+ . 

2 Spring's v:ork," Part of Our 
B Shovel ir^ Sand 

8 School Calendar 

10 Screening Gravel 

10 Seeds, Giving Out 

11 Scars, Painting 
14 Shining Brass 

G. DeJ/tar 
J , J , Emo ry 
J, I^. Nelson 
R, Rogue 
Ed Capaul 
Rob. Gregory 
I^. riley 


3faxXi}i ^m-[kZ 


nin/ieio ,i/i«^ 311 


-onii^ii'o .••#tAl««! 


"'" • ^iAto"* 




r: ^t/lia^ 






linnf . 








15 r>«od0, crpwth of 
VZ ; cmbbib£j the Scow 
27 sttamboat, K'-aking a 

34 .^ptd«r, j.untlng 

35 ".It Hay, Making 

39 ^trawberry Plants, Packing 

3^' ? all :.eans, Picking 

45 r quarrels, The 

5fs Sloyd Class, Cur 

51 Scow, Hnloadinr the 

63 " and Clubs 

70 Skating 

75 Canta Glaus, \^^ I Think of 

75 I'^izing up 

78 Sea Gulls 

78 Spearing "i^^ls 

82 Stom, The 

83 Skate, a 2-grade 

84 Schoolroom Plants 

84 Studies, l^'.y j'avorite 

85 Snowball Battle , The 

86 Snowball Battle, V/atching the 

87 Shop, V/orking in fr e 
90 Squirrels, l^eeding the 
^1 Sand, Cii.rrying 

9 4 Sunrise 

95 Spring, Coming of 

98 Schoolroom, I'y '.'■ork in 

98 Schoolroom, Pictures in Our 

99 Strawberry Vi^nes .I'ncovering 


G, Taylor 
?. Walker 
W, ]?YU8h 
E. Marshall 

R. Porche 
Jas, Pratt 
E. Rich 
P . Gardner 
W. 'Conner 
E, Jorgensen 
G .S.Nelson 
G. 'Conner 
K. r-aniels 
I^-^ .K.Paul 
XI, rinsmore 

Don Clark 
W, A.Reynolds 
I ng alls 
Don Clark 
V\ Reynolds 
C , "'at son 
C. Di'niels 

7 Trees, Digjiing 
19 "■'rees. Digging Around 
30 Tree s , Tr imn- mg 
18 Talk on Success, A 
24 Typewriting 

Trip, A Class 

Thanksg^ving^ a t ".^ . ^. . 





Thanksgiving at ?,S, by 

Our Thanks 

Telephone Poles, '^ixin'- 


C. Warner 
L, Iv'archi 
R. I nga lis 
W, l^rueh 
R, Sawyer 
K. Todd 
Cr , Beetchy 

I aguire 




'*o rftwoi ••J^e''. 


' yild^wto 


;;£:U. . «lAOdni»tir: 




rSntr . ,t<i&t<T- 




:'i' v.. %.: 


. --.^...e.- ii4. : , 




5yoI . 


1 Vitleti, Piokinc 

25 "errant i'-ht 

35 IlsitiLQC 

39 Visitinr the Cruiser I^uplex 

<1 Visitor, \ 

47 Visit, A Friend's 
6P Visit to N«-ivy Yard 

48 Vecetables, Covering 
83 Views from Our Island 
89 Valentine's Nirr: t 

100 Vacation, Our 


7 5 

'"eeder, Running the 
Work Aft-r the fourth 
V'ash Kocr. , Painting tz e 


ar, Our '^eelinf^s as to 

^0 rk F. ef o re S cho o 1 

V'inter, "etting heady for 

\7inter on the Island 

'"cod Sawing 

V'cod Splitting 

""atch, Keeping 

V'ash hoom, \'^ork in the 

^Vas hi ng V/indows 

"^alks, The 

R, Bo^ue 
W, Dinsmore 
C. Taylor 
C , Salisbury 
W. 'Conner 
L.H,. Jones 
L, Iviarchi 
L, Marc hi 
y-' Proctor 

Ho ye 

S. May 

h, Jones 

K. May 






!inl?ro|^. .9f9i%g 


oil awel*: